{"title":"Casting","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"eti-easy-cast-casting-resin-kit","title":"ETI Easy Cast Casting Resin Kit","description":"\u003cp style=\"margin-bottom: 20px; color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; line-height: normal;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(82, 82, 82); font-size: 14px; line-height: 20px;\"\u003eEasyCast is a two component, \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem style=\"margin: 0px; padding: 0px; border: 0px; font-size: 14px; font-stretch: inherit; line-height: 20px; vertical-align: baseline; color: rgb(82, 82, 82);\"\u003elow odor\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(82, 82, 82); font-size: 14px; line-height: 20px;\"\u003e, solvent free, clear casting epoxy. It’s ideal for casting small decorative items such as kitchen and bathroom knobs. Color EasyCast with Castin’Craft opaque pigments for solid colors, transparent dyes for that colored glass look or granite powders for the look of stone. Mix and pour EasyCast into any of the Castin’Craft knob and pull molds to create your own decorative knob and pulls.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-bottom: 20px; color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; line-height: normal;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(82, 82, 82); font-size: 14px; line-height: 20px;\"\u003eProduct #: 8oz Kit (\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e33008), 16oz Kit \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e(33016), 32oz Kit (\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e33032), 128oz Kit (\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e33128)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ETI Epoxy Coatings","offers":[{"title":"8oz","offer_id":46329314705708,"sku":"111977","price":23.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16oz","offer_id":46329314771244,"sku":"111978","price":35.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"32oz","offer_id":46329314804012,"sku":"111979","price":64.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"128oz","offer_id":46329314836780,"sku":"111980","price":195.33,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/32oz_easycast.webp?v=1741302860"},{"product_id":"system-three-mirror-cast-epoxy-resin","title":"SystemThree Mirror Cast Epoxy Resin","description":"\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMirrorCast is a clear epoxy casting resin designed to fill knots, cracks and voids in wood substrates with minimal shrinkage. Use MirrorCast to fill voids prior to finishing wood components. When cured, MirrorCast can be sanded, shaped and drilled. Check out our \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1000\/1906\/files\/MirrorCast_Void_Crack_Filler_Product_Sheet_2018_Master_Key.pdf?7045398774916781433\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\" data-mce-href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1000\/1906\/files\/MirrorCast_Void_Crack_Filler_Product_Sheet_2018_Master_Key.pdf?7045398774916781433\"\u003eMirrorCast Application Guideline\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e for more details. For large voids including river tables, try \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.systemthree.com\/products\/rivercast\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\" data-mce-href=\"https:\/\/www.systemthree.com\/products\/rivercast\"\u003eRiverCast\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e. Use with CastFX \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.systemthree.com\/products\/castfx-dry-metallic-pigments\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\" data-mce-href=\"https:\/\/www.systemthree.com\/products\/castfx-dry-metallic-pigments\"\u003eDry Metallic Pigments\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e or \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.systemthree.com\/products\/castfx-liquid-colorants\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\" data-mce-href=\"https:\/\/www.systemthree.com\/products\/castfx-liquid-colorants\"\u003eLiquid Colorants\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e to create stunning effects!\u003c\/span\u003e","brand":"SystemThree","offers":[{"title":"709 mL Kit","offer_id":46330068730156,"sku":"122007","price":70.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.8 L Kit","offer_id":46330068762924,"sku":"122008","price":207.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5.7 L Kit","offer_id":46330068795692,"sku":"122009","price":327.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/products\/1.5PintMirrorCast.jpg?v=1692058062"},{"product_id":"system-three-rivercast-epoxy","title":"SystemThree Rivercast Epoxy","description":"\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eRiverCast is an clear epoxy system designed specifically for woodworking casting applications.  It produces ultra-clear casts with minimal bubble entrapment.  Use RiverCast to make beautiful river tables or to fill large inclusions in wood substrates. For small voids, use\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.systemthree.com\/products\/mirrorcast\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\" data-mce-href=\"https:\/\/www.systemthree.com\/products\/mirrorcast\"\u003eMirrorCast\u003c\/a\u003e, and for complete instructions, download our handy PDF\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1000\/1906\/files\/RiverCast_White_Paper.pdf?v=1594663116\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\" data-mce-href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1000\/1906\/files\/RiverCast_White_Paper.pdf?v=1594663116\"\u003ehere\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eBONUS: All 7.5 and 15 Gallon kits of RiverCast come with a free\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.systemthree.com\/products\/jiffy-mixer-model-hs-15\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\" data-mce-href=\"https:\/\/www.systemthree.com\/products\/jiffy-mixer-model-hs-15\"\u003eJiffy Mixer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eto make mixing a breeze! (Mixer will be automatically added upon checkout).\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SystemThree","offers":[{"title":"28.3 L","offer_id":46330248266028,"sku":"123646","price":1173.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5.7 L","offer_id":46330248298796,"sku":"123645","price":347.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/products\/RiverCast_1.5_Gal_Kit.jpg?v=1692058828"},{"product_id":"simiron-deep-casting-epoxy-1-5gal-kit","title":"Simiron 100% Solids Deep Casting Epoxy - 1.5 Gallon","description":"\u003ch4 class=\"animated fadeInUp\" data-delay=\"200\"\u003e1.5 GALLON KIT\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"animated fadeInUp\" data-delay=\"200\"\u003e100% Solids Deep Casting Epoxy\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"one-bs-slide-text animated fadeInUp\" data-delay=\"300\"\u003eSIMIRON\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003eCASTING RESIN\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis a professional-grade, high-performance, ultra-clear, self-leveling, and high-gloss epoxy resin coating.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSIMIRON\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003eCASTING RESIN\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecreates a durable protective barrier up to 2″ thick. Great for river tables, live edge furniture, molding, arts and crafts projects, custom jewelry, and more! It can be mixed with pigment powder, mica powder, glitter, glow-in-the-dark pigment, alcohol ink, resin dyes, and tints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"col-sm-4 animated fadeInUp\" data-delay=\"100\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePours up to 2″ thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo odor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100% solids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-gloss\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImpact-resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUV resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlush-resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproves surface appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrystal-clear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-leveling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater-resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfessional-grade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"col-sm-4 animated fadeInUp\" data-delay=\"200\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRecommended Uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiver tables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLive edge tables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArts \u0026amp; crafts projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmbedding objects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom jewelry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Simiron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46331264958764,"sku":"124382","price":344.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/SolidsDeepCastingEpoxy-1.5Gallon.png?v=1745347204"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-pmc-121-50-wet-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On PMC 121\/50 Wet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePMC™-121\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries urethane rubbers feature convenient one-to-one by volume mix ratios.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePMC™-121\/50\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis a “wet-only” mold rubber that is long lasting and durable when used in a variety of applications including reproduction of ornamental plaster, precast concrete and ceramic case molds. Note: “wet” rubber has a higher net shrinkage value vs. “dry” rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePMC™-121 Series\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003emold rubbers are easy to mix and pour and are exceptionally strong. They are suited for a variety of applications including making molds to reproduce sculpture and architectural elements, as well as for making special effects, toys and prototypes. These rubbers will meet the stringent demands of production casting of wax, plasters, concrete, resins and epoxies. Vibrant colors can be achieved by adding\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSo-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eColor Tints, available from Smooth-On.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOR COMMERCIAL\/INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePreparation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Materials should be stored and used in at room (73°F\/23°C). Humidity should be low. These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Good ventilation (room size) is necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSome Materials Must Be Sealed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- To prevent adhesion between the rubber and model surface, models made of porous materials (gypsum plasters, concrete, wood, stone, etc.) must be sealed prior to applying a release agent.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuperSeal™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne Step™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) are fast drying sealers suitable for sealing porous surfaces without interfering with surface detail. Shellac is suitable for rough contours. A high quality Shellac is suitable for sealing modeling clays that contain sulfur or moisture (water based). Thermoplastics (polystyrene) must also be sealed with shellac or PVA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn all cases,\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ethe sealing agent should be applied and allowed to completely dry prior to applying a release agent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNon-Porous Surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Metal, glass, hard plastics, sulfur free clays, etc. require only a release agent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- A release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, lightly brush the release agent with a soft brush over all surfaces of the model. Follow with a light mist coating and let dry for 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eLiquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePre Mix the Part B before using.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eAfter dispensing equal amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container, mix thoroughly for at least 3 minutes making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf Mixing Large Quantities\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(16 lbs.\/7 kg. or more) at one time, use a mechanical mixer (i.e. Squirrel Mixer or equal) for 3 minutes followed by careful hand mixing for one minute as directed above. Then, pour entire quantity into a new, clean mixing container and do it all over again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlthough this product is formulated to minimize air bubbles in the cured rubber, vacuum degassing will further reduce entrapped air. A pressure casting technique using a pressure chamber can yield totally bubble free castings. Contact Smooth-On or your distributor for further information about vacuum degassing or pressure casting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- For best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field. Let the rubber seek its level up and over the model.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eA uniform flow will help minimize entrapped air.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eThe liquid rubber should level off at least 1\/2” (1.3 cm) over the highest point of the model surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Allow rubber to cure overnight (at least 16 hours) at room temperature (73°F\/23°C) before demolding. Cure time can be reduced with mild heat or by adding Smooth-On\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKick-It™ Cure Accelerator\u003c\/strong\u003e. Do not cure rubber where temperature is less than 65°F\/18°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePost Curing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- After rubber has cured at room temperature, heating the rubber to 150°F (65°C) for 4 to 8 hours will increase physical properties and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsing The Mold\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- If using as a mold material, a release agent should be applied to the mold before each casting. The type of release agent to use depends on the material being cast. The proper release agent for\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ewax, liquid rubber or thermosetting materials\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(i.e. Smooth-On liquid plastics) is a spray release made specifically for mold making (available from Smooth-On or your distributor). Prior to casting gypsum plaster materials, sponge the mold with a soap solution for better plaster flow and easy release.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eIn \u0026amp; Out™ II Water Based Release Concentrate\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(available from Smooth-On) is recommended for releasing abrasive materials like\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003econcrete.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerformance \u0026amp; Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Fully cured rubber is tough, durable and will perform if properly used and stored. The physical life of the rubber depends on how you use it. Shrinkage will be higher with wet vs. dry rubbers. Contact Smooth-On directly with questions about this material relative to your application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53335356637484,"sku":"115185","price":39.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53335356670252,"sku":"115186","price":205.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gal","offer_id":53335356703020,"sku":"115187","price":39.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-on-pmc-121-50-wet.png?v=1781649086"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-smooth-cast-300-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Smooth-Cast 300","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 300 Series\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eof liquid plastics are ultra-low viscosity casting resins that yield castings that are\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ebright white and virtually bubble free\u003c\/strong\u003e. Vacuum degassing is not necessary. They offer the convenience of a 1A:1B by volume or 100A:90B by weight mix ratio. The differences between them are pot life and demold time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese resins readily accept fillers (such as\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eURE-FIL™ 3\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e) and can be colored with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSO-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor Ignite™ color tints (\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 325\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eseries accepts pigments better than the\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth Cast™ 300\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eseries). Fully cured castings are tough, durable, machinable and paintable. They resist moisture and mild solvents. Applications for\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 300\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eSeries Liquid Plastics include reproducing small to medium size sculptures, making prototype models, special effect props and decorative jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThose interested in making roto cast pieces should refer to the\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 65D\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003etechnical bulletin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to measure and mix\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- 1:1 mix ratio by volume - no scale required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow viscosity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- captures excellent detail - no degassing necessary\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResin cures to a\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ebright white\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efinish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73° F \/ 23° C). These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. All liquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture\u003c\/strong\u003e. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Mixing should be done in a well-ventilated area. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Because no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- A release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor Mann’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eavailable from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, apply release and brush with a soft brush over all surfaces. Follow with a light mist coating and let the release agent dry for 30 minutes. Smooth-On silicone rubber molds usually do not require a release agent unless casting silicone into the mold. Applying a release agent will prolong the life of the mold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e... Liquid urethanes are moisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStir or shake both Part A \u0026amp; Part B thoroughly before dispensing\u003c\/strong\u003e. After dispensing equal amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container (100A:90B by weight) and mix\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ethoroughly\u003c\/strong\u003e. Stir deliberately making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times. Be careful not to splash low viscosity material out of the container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePOURING, CURING \u0026amp; PERFORMANCE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e...\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field and let the mixture seek its level. This will help minimize air entrapment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Best Results\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e. . . Best results are obtained using a pressure casting technique. After pouring the mixed compound, the entire casting assembly (mold, dam structure, etc.) is placed in a pressure chamber and subjected to 60 PSI (4.2 kg\/cm2) air pressure for the full cure time of the material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring - Important:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eUse this product with at least room size ventilation or in proximity to a forced outlet air vent and do not inhale\/breath fumes. Fumes, which may be visible with a significant mass concentration, will quickly dissipate with adequate ventilation. Castings with significant mass may be hot to the touch and irritate skin immediately following cure. Let casting cool to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDemold time of the finished casting depends on mass and mold configuration. Low mass or thin-walled castings will take longer to cure than castings with higher mass concentration.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 300\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewill cure in 7 - 10 minutes (\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 305\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ein 30 – 40 minutes and\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 310\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ein 2 - 4 hours) depending on mass and mold configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf making rotational or hollow castings, backfilling with a rigid foam (\u003cstrong\u003eFoam-iT!™ 5\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor other) will provide lightweight reinforcement. Foam backfilling is recommended if castings will be subjected to temperatures above 85°F \/ 30°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePost Cure\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Castings will reach “full cure” faster and achieve maximum physical properties if post cured. Allow material to cure for recommended Cure Time at room temperature followed by 4 - 6 hours at 150°F\/65°C. Allow casting to come to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerformance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Cured castings are rigid and durable. They resist moisture, moderate heat, solvents, dilute acids and can be machined, primed\/ painted or bonded to other surfaces (any release agent must be removed). If machining cured material, wear dust mask or other apparatus to prevent inhalation of residual particles. Castings can be displayed outdoors after priming and painting. Unpainted castings will yellow over time - more quickly when exposed to ultra-violet light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53208026513708,"sku":"115256","price":36.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53208026579244,"sku":"115257","price":184.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gal","offer_id":53208026546476,"sku":"115258","price":728.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-cast-300.jpg?v=1778626253"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-smooth-cast-305-2x-5-gallon","title":"Smooth-On Smooth-Cast 305","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e™ plastics offer tremendous versatility and economy. They are easy to use and available as either rigid or semi-rigids. You can add different colors and\/or fillers for an infinite variety of mind-blowing effects. Perfect for casting detailed models, prototypes, props and cast effect pieces.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast\u003c\/strong\u003e™ \u003cstrong\u003e300\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e300Q\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e305\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e310\u003c\/strong\u003e are ultra-low viscosity casting resins that offer the convenience of a 1:1 mix ratio by volume and yield castings that are bright white, tough, durable, machinable, paintable, and virtually bubble free.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"10 Gal","offer_id":53207967564076,"sku":"115318","price":819.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53207967596844,"sku":"115317","price":190.2,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53207967629612,"sku":"115259","price":34.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-cast-305.jpg?v=1778624977"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-smooth-cast-310-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Smooth-Cast 310","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 300 Series\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eof liquid plastics are ultra-low viscosity casting resins that yield castings that are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ebright white and virtually bubble free.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eVacuum degassing is not necessary. They offer the convenience of a 1A:1B by volume or 100A:90B by weight mix ratio. The differences between them are pot life and demold time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese resins readily accept fillers (such as\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eURE-FIL™ 3\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efrom Smooth-On) and can be colored with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSO-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIgnite™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecolor tints (\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 325\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eseries accepts pigments better than the\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth Cast™ 300\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eseries). Fully cured castings are tough, durable, machinable and paintable. They resist moisture and mild solvents. Applications for\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 300\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eSeries Liquid Plastics include reproducing small to medium size sculptures, making prototype models, special effect props and decorative jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eSafety\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eMaterials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73° F \/ 23° C). These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. All liquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eand will absorb atmospheric moisture\u003c\/strong\u003e. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Mixing should be done in a well-ventilated area. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eA release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor Mann’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, apply release and brush with a soft brush over all surfaces. Follow with a light mist coating and let the release agent dry for 30 minutes. Smooth-On silicone rubber molds usually do not require a release agent unless casting silicone into the mold. Applying a release agent will prolong the life of the mold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING -\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eLiquid urethanes are\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003emoisture sensitive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStir or shake both Part A \u0026amp; Part B thoroughly before dispensing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAfter dispensing equal amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container (100A:90B by weight) and mix\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ethoroughly.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eStir deliberately making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times. Be careful not to splash low viscosity material out of the container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePouring\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003ePour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field and let the mixture seek its level. This will help minimize air entrapment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Best Results . . .\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eBest results are obtained using a pressure casting technique. After pouring the mixed compound, the entire casting assembly (mold, dam structure, etc.) is placed in a pressure chamber and subjected to 60 PSI (4.2 kg\/cm2) air pressure for the full cure time of the material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring - Important:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eUse this product with at least room size ventilation or in proximity to a forced outlet air vent and do not inhale\/breath fumes. Fumes, which may be visible with a significant mass concentration, will quickly dissipate with adequate ventilation. Castings with significant mass may be hot to the touch and irritate skin immediately following cure. Let casting cool to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDemold time of the finished casting depends on mass and mold configuration. Low mass or thin-walled castings will take longer to cure than castings with higher mass concentration. Smooth-Cast™ 310 will cure in 2 - 4 hours (\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 300\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ein 7 - 10 minutes and\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 305\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ein 30 – 40 minutes) depending on mass and mold configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf making rotational or hollow castings, backfilling with a rigid foam (\u003cstrong\u003eFoam-iT!™ 5\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eor other) will provide lightweight reinforcement. Foam backfilling is recommended if castings will be subjected to temperatures above 85°F \/ 30°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePost Cure\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eCastings will reach “full cure” faster and achieve maximum physical properties if post cured. Allow material to cure for recommended Cure Time at room temperature followed by 4 - 6 hours at 150°F\/65°C. Allow casting to come to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePerformance\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eCured castings are rigid and durable. They resist moisture, moderate heat, solvents, dilute acids and can be machined, primed\/ painted or bonded to other surfaces (any release agent must be removed). If machining cured material, wear dust mask or other apparatus to prevent inhalation of residual particles. Castings can be displayed outdoors after priming and painting. Unpainted castings will yellow over time - more quickly when exposed to ultra-violet light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53208039358764,"sku":"115319","price":34.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53208039424300,"sku":"115320","price":190.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gal","offer_id":53208039391532,"sku":"115321","price":706.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-cast-310.jpg?v=1778626768"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-smooth-cast-320-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Smooth-Cast 320","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"herothumb\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 320 Series\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003econsists of ultra-low viscosity casting resins that yield virtually bubble-free\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eoff-white\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003ecastings. The\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 320\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eresins are sister products to our popular\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 300\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries of bright white plastics, but are easier to color using\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSO-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIgnite™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecolor tints.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 320\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eseries is easy to mix and pour, offering the convenience of a 1A:1B by volume or 100A : 90B by weight mix ratio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 320 Series\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eresins readily accept pigments and fillers (such as\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eURE-FIL™ 3, 5 and 7\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efrom Smooth-On). Fully cured castings are tough, durable, machinable and paintable. They resist moisture and mild solvents. Applications for\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 320\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries resins include reproducing small to medium size sculptures, making prototype models, special effect props, decorative jewelry and taxidermy (bones, antlers, teeth etc.).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eSafety\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMaterials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73° F \/ 23° C). These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. All liquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Mixing should be done in a wellventilated area. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e- A release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eor Mann’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, apply release and brush with a soft brush over all surfaces. Follow with a light mist coating and let the release agent dry for 30 minutes. Smooth-On silicone rubber molds usually do not require a release agent unless casting silicone into the mold. Applying a release agent will prolong the life of the mold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring and Mixing...\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStir or shake both Part A \u0026amp; Part B thoroughly before dispensing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAfter dispensing equal volumes of Parts A and B into mixing container (100A:90B by weight) and mix\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ethoroughly.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eStir deliberately making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times. Be careful not to splash low viscosity material out of the container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePouring\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field and let the mixture seek its level. This will help minimize air entrapment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Best Results\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e. . . Best results are obtained using a pressure casting technique. After pouring the mixed compound, the entire casting assembly (mold, dam structure, etc.) is placed in a pressure chamber and subjected to 60 PSI (4.2 kg\/ cm2) air pressure for the full cure time of the material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring - Important:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eUse this product with at least room size ventilation or in proximity to a forced outlet air vent and do not inhale\/breath fumes. Fumes, which may be visible with a significant mass concentration, will quickly dissipate with adequate ventilation. Castings with significant mass may be hot to the touch and irritate skin immediately following cure. Let casting cool to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDemold time of the finished casting depends on mass and mold configuration. Low mass or thin-walled castings will take longer to cure than castings with higher mass concentration. Smooth-Cast™ 320 will cure in 7 - 10 minutes (\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 321\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ein 30 – 40 minutes and\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 322\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ein 2 - 4 hours) depending on mass and mold configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf making rotational or hollow castings, backfilling with a rigid foam (\u003cstrong\u003eFoam-iT!™ 5\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor other) will provide lightweight reinforcement. Foam backfilling is recommended if castings will be subjected to temperatures above 85°F \/ 30°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePost Cure\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eCastings will reach “full cure” faster and achieve maximum physical properties if post cured. Allow material to cure for recommended cure time at room temperature followed by 4 - 6 hours at 150°F\/65°C. Allow casting to come to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePerformance\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eCured castings are rigid and durable. They resist moisture, moderate heat, solvents, dilute acids and can be machined, primed\/painted or bonded to other surfaces (any release agent must be removed). If machining cured material, wear dust mask or other apparatus to prevent inhalation of residual particles. Castings can be displayed outdoors after priming and painting. Unpainted castings will yellow over time - more quickly when exposed to ultra-violet light.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53208056824108,"sku":"115322","price":35.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53208056856876,"sku":"115323","price":176.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gal","offer_id":53208056889644,"sku":"119152","price":749.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-cast-320.jpg?v=1778627130"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-smooth-cast-321-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Smooth-Cast 321","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 320\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eSeries consists of ultra-low viscosity casting resins that yield virtually bubble-free\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eoff-white\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecastings. The\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 320\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eresins are sister products to our popular S\u003cstrong\u003emooth-Cast™ 300\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries of bright white plastics, but are easier to color using\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSO-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIgnite™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecolor tints.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 320\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eseries is easy to mix and pour, offering the convenience of a 1A:1B by volume or 100A : 90B by weight mix ratio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 320\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eSeries resins readily accept pigments and fillers (such as\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eURE-FIL™ 3, 5 and 7\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003efrom Smooth-On). Fully cured castings are tough, durable, machinable and paintable. They resist moisture and mild solvents. Applications for\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 320\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries resins include reproducing small to medium size sculptures, making prototype models, special effect props, decorative jewelry and taxidermy (bones, antlers, teeth etc.).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73° F \/ 23° C). These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. All liquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Mixing should be done in a wellventilated area. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- A release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor Mann’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, apply release and brush with a soft brush over all surfaces. Follow with a light mist coating and let the release agent dry for 30 minutes. Smooth-On silicone rubber molds usually do not require a release agent unless casting silicone into the mold. Applying a release agent will prolong the life of the mold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING..\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiquid urethanes are moisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStir or shake both Part A \u0026amp; Part B thoroughly before dispensing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAfter dispensing equal volumes of Parts A and B into mixing container (100A:90B by weight) and mix\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ethoroughly.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eStir deliberately making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times. Be careful not to splash low viscosity material out of the container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePouring\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003ePour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field and let the mixture seek its level. This will help minimize air entrapment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Best Results . . .\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eBest results are obtained using a pressure casting technique. After pouring the mixed compound, the entire casting assembly (mold, dam structure, etc.) is placed in a pressure chamber and subjected to 60 PSI (4.2 kg\/ cm2) air pressure for the full cure time of the material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring - Important:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eUse this product with at least room size ventilation or in proximity to a forced outlet air vent and do not inhale\/breath fumes. Fumes, which may be visible with a significant mass concentration, will quickly dissipate with adequate ventilation. Castings with significant mass may be hot to the touch and irritate skin immediately following cure. Let casting cool to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDemold time of the finished casting depends on mass and mold configuration. Low mass or thin-walled castings will take longer to cure than castings with higher mass concentration. Smooth-Cast™ 321 will cure in 30 - 40 minutes (\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 320\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ein 7 - 10 minutes and\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 322\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ein 2 - 4 hours) depending on mass and mold configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf making rotational or hollow castings, backfilling with a rigid foam (\u003cstrong\u003eFoam-iT!™ 5\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor other) will provide lightweight reinforcement. Foam backfilling is recommended if castings will be subjected to temperatures above 85°F \/ 30°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePost Cure\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eCastings will reach “full cure” faster and achieve maximum physical properties if post cured. Allow material to cure for recommended cure time at room temperature followed by 4 - 6 hours at 150°F\/65°C. Allow casting to come to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePerformance\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eCured castings are rigid and durable. They resist moisture, moderate heat, solvents, dilute acids and can be machined, primed\/painted or bonded to other surfaces (any release agent must be removed). If machining cured material, wear dust mask or other apparatus to prevent inhalation of residual particles. Castings can be displayed outdoors after priming and painting. Unpainted castings will yellow over time - more quickly when exposed to ultra-violet light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53208065343788,"sku":"115331","price":34.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53208065376556,"sku":"115332","price":198.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-cast-321.jpg?v=1778627461"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-smooth-cast-326-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Smooth-Cast 326","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Smooth-Cast™ 325, 326 \u0026amp; 327 ColorMatch™ Series\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eplastics are fast-cast resins that were developed specifically for adding color pigments and fillers to achieve true color representation or filler effect. The\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColorMatch™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries is formulated “color neutral”. Small amounts of pigment will yield accurate, vivid colors from cured castings using\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSo-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003etints or\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIgnite™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecolor pigments. The\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColorMatch™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries offers the convenience of a 1A: 1B mix ratio by volume and has a very low viscosity. Demold times range from about 10 minutes to 2-4 hours (depending on product, mass and mold configuration).\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: Large mass castings will get very hot and shrink more, depending on mold configuration.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColorMatch™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries also readily accept fillers (such as\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eURE-FIL™ 3\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efrom Smooth-On). Applications for the\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColorMatch™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries plastics include making pigmented prototype models or figures, special effect props, reproducing small to medium size sculptures, decorative jewelry, etc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73° F \/ 23° C). These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. All liquid urethanes are\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003emoisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eMixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Mixing should be done in a well-ventilated area. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eA release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor Mann’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, apply release and brush with a soft brush over all surfaces. Follow with a light mist coating and let the release agent dry for 30 minutes. Smooth-On silicone rubber molds usually do not require a release agent unless casting silicone into the mold. Applying a release agent will prolong the life of the mold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePigmenting\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePre-Mix Pigment Or Fillers With Part B - For consistent results, pigment or fillers should be added by weight each time. Some “test” castings may have to be made until desired affect is achieved. Add desired amount of pigment or filler to\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColorMatch™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePart B and blend thoroughly to a uniform consistency before adding Part A.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNOTE: When adding SO-Strong™ RED tint to Smooth-Cast™ 326 or 327, the color will darken and change. For a better match when using SO-Strong™ RED, use Smooth-Cast™ 325 as your casting resin. This is only an issue with SO-Strong RED, all other SO-Strong™ colors will behave normally.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow Much Pigment or Filler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePigment Example:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eGenerally, 0.5% - 1% Smooth-On pigment added by weight of Part B will yield rich, vibrant color. For translucent effect, add 0.1% pigment.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMetal Cold Casting:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.smooth-on.com\/tutorials\/metal-cold-casting-smooth-cast-325-resin\/\"\u003eWatch our Metal Cold Casting How-To Video\u003c\/a\u003e. Because end-user requirements vary for desired finished effect, we can not offer all pigment or filler loading percentage possibilities. Again, “test” castings may have to be made until desired effect is achieved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eMeasuring \u0026amp; Mixing\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eLiquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStir or shake both Part A \u0026amp; Part B thoroughly before dispensing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAfter dispensing equal volumes of Parts A and B into mixing container (115A:100B by weight) and mix\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ethoroughly\u003c\/strong\u003e. Stir deliberately making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times. Be careful not to splash low viscosity material out of the container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePouring\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eFor best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field and let the mixture seek its level. This will help minimize air entrapment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring - Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eUse this product with at least room size ventilation or in proximity to a forced outlet air vent and do not inhale\/breath fumes. Fumes, which may be visible with a significant mass concentration, will quickly dissipate with adequate ventilation. Castings with significant mass may be hot to the touch and irritate skin immediately following cure. Let casting cool to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDemold time of the finished casting depends on mass and mold configuration. Low mass or thin-walled castings will take longer to cure than castings with higher mass concentration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf making rotational or hollow castings, backfilling with a rigid foam (\u003cstrong\u003eFoam-iT! 5\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor other) will provide lightweight reinforcement. Foam backfilling is recommended if castings will be subjected to temperatures above 85°F \/ 30°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePost Cure\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Castings will reach “full cure” faster and achieve maximum physical properties if post cured. Allow material to cure for recommended cure time at room temperature followed by 4 - 6 hours at 150°F\/65°C. Allow casting to come to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerformance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- Cured castings are rigid and durable. They resist moisture, moderate heat, solvents, dilute acids and can be machined, primed\/painted or bonded to other surfaces (any release agent must be removed). If machining cured material, wear dust mask or other apparatus to prevent inhalation of residual particles. Castings can be displayed outdoors after priming and painting. Unpainted castings will yellow over time - more quickly when exposed to ultra-violet light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53210208600364,"sku":"115335","price":39.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53210208633132,"sku":"115336","price":206.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gal","offer_id":53210208665900,"sku":"120494","price":1010.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-cast-326.jpg?v=1778692943"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-smooth-cast-325-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Smooth-Cast 325","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Smooth-Cast™ 325, 326 \u0026amp; 327 ColorMatch™ Series\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eplastics are urethane resins that were developed specifically for adding color pigments and fillers to achieve true color representation or filler effect. The\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eColorMatch™ Series\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis formulated “color neutral”. Small amounts of pigment will yield accurate, vivid colors from cured castings using\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSo-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e tints,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUVO™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003epigments or\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIgnite™\u003c\/strong\u003e color pigments. The\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColorMatch™ Series\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eoffers the convenience of a 1A: 1B mix ratio by volume and has a very low viscosity. Demold times range from about 10 minutes to 2-4 hours (depending on product, mass and mold configuration).\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: Large mass castings will get very hot and shrink more, depending on mold configuration.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColorMatch™ Series\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ealso readily accept fillers (such as\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eURE-FIL™ 3\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efrom Smooth-On). Because of its neutral color,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 325\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis ideal for creating marble and wood grain casting effects, or duplicating the look of real metal by adding bronze, brass or other metal powder. Applications for the\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColorMatch™ Series\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eplastics include making pigmented prototype models or figures, special effect props, reproducing small to medium size sculptures, decorative jewelry, etc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eSafety\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMaterials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73° F \/ 23° C). These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. All liquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Mixing should be done in a well-ventilated area. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eA release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor Mann’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, apply release and brush with a soft brush over all surfaces. Follow with a light mist coating and let the release agent dry for 30 minutes. Smooth-On silicone rubber molds usually do not require a release agent unless casting silicone into the mold. Applying a release agent will prolong the life of the mold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePigmenting\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- Pre-Mix Pigment Or Fillers With Part B\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- For consistent results, pigment or fillers should be added by weight each time. Some “test” castings may have to be made until desired affect is achieved. Add desired amount of pigment or filler to\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColorMatch™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePart B and blend thoroughly to a uniform consistency before adding Part A.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNOTE:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen adding SO-Strong™ RED tint to Smooth-Cast™ 326 or 327, the color will darken and change. For a better match when using SO-Strong™ RED, use Smooth-Cast™ 325 as your casting resin. This is only an issue with SO-Strong™ RED, all other SO-Strong™ colors will behave normally.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow Much Pigment or Filler?\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003ePigment Example: Generally, 0.5% - 1% Smooth-On pigment added by weight of Part B will yield rich, vibrant color. For translucent effect, add 0.1% pigment.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMetal Cold Casting:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.smooth-on.com\/tutorials\/metal-cold-casting-smooth-cast-325-resin\/\"\u003eWatch our Metal Cold Casting How-To Video\u003c\/a\u003e. Because end-user requirements vary for desired finished effect, we can not offer all pigment or filler loading percentage possibilities. Again, “test” castings may have to be made until desired effect is achieved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eMeasuring \u0026amp; Mixing\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eLiquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStir or shake both Part A \u0026amp; Part B thoroughly before dispensing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAfter dispensing equal volumes of Parts A and B into mixing container (115A:100B by weight) and mix\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ethoroughly\u003c\/strong\u003e. Stir deliberately making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times. Be careful not to splash low viscosity material out of the container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePouring\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eFor best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field and let the mixture seek its level. This will help minimize air entrapment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring - Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eUse this product with at least room size ventilation or in proximity to a forced outlet air vent and do not inhale\/breath fumes. Fumes, which may be visible with a significant mass concentration, will quickly dissipate with adequate ventilation. Castings with significant mass may be hot to the touch and irritate skin immediately following cure. Let casting cool to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDemold time of the finished casting depends on mass and mold configuration. Low mass or thin-walled castings will take longer to cure than castings with higher mass concentration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf making rotational or hollow castings, backfilling with a rigid foam (\u003cstrong\u003eFoam-iT! 5\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor other) will provide lightweight reinforcement. Foam backfilling is recommended if castings will be subjected to temperatures above 85°F \/ 30°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePost Cure\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eCastings will reach “full cure” faster and achieve maximum physical properties if post cured. Allow material to cure for recommended cure time at room temperature followed by 4 - 6 hours at 150°F\/65°C. Allow casting to come to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePerformance\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eCured castings are rigid and durable. They resist moisture, moderate heat, solvents, dilute acids and can be machined, primed\/painted or bonded to other surfaces (any release agent must be removed). If machining cured material, wear dust mask or other apparatus to prevent inhalation of residual particles. Castings can be displayed outdoors after priming and painting. Unpainted castings will yellow over time - more quickly when exposed to ultra-violet light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53210009829676,"sku":"115333","price":39.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53210009862444,"sku":"115334","price":223.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gal","offer_id":53210009895212,"sku":"120366","price":908.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-cast-325.jpg?v=1778628008"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-pmc-121-30-dry-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On PMC-121 30\/DRY","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePMC™-121\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries urethane rubbers feature convenient one-to-one by volume mix ratios.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePMC™-121\/30 Dry\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis exceptionally strong and abrasion resistant for soft urethane mold rubbers. It does not exude oil and can be used for casting waxes, Smooth-On liquid plastics, gypsum plasters and other materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePMC™-121 Series\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003emold rubbers are easy to mix and pour and are exceptionally strong. They are suited for a variety of applications including making molds to reproduce sculpture and architectural elements, as well as for making special effects, toys and prototypes. These rubbers will meet the stringent demands of production casting of wax, plasters, concrete, resins and epoxies. Vibrant colors can be achieved by adding\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSo-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eColor Tints, available from Smooth-On.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOR COMMERCIAL\/INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePreparation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Materials should be stored and used in at room (73°F\/23°C). Humidity should be low. These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Good ventilation (room size) is necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSome Materials Must Be Sealed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- To prevent adhesion between the rubber and model surface, models made of porous materials (gypsum plasters, concrete, wood, stone, etc.) must be sealed prior to applying a release agent.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuperSeal™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne Step™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) are fast drying sealers suitable for sealing porous surfaces without interfering with surface detail. Shellac is suitable for rough contours. A high quality Shellac is suitable for sealing modeling clays that contain sulfur or moisture (water based). Thermoplastics (polystyrene) must also be sealed with shellac or PVA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn all cases,\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ethe sealing agent should be applied and allowed to completely dry prior to applying a release agent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNon-Porous Surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Metal, glass, hard plastics, sulfur free clays, etc. require only a release agent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- A release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, lightly brush the release agent with a soft brush over all surfaces of the model. Follow with a light mist coating and let dry for 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eLiquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePre Mix the Part B before using.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eAfter dispensing equal amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container, mix thoroughly for at least 3 minutes making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf Mixing Large Quantities\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(16 lbs.\/7 kg. or more) at one time, use a mechanical mixer (i.e. Squirrel Mixer or equal) for 3 minutes followed by careful hand mixing for one minute as directed above. Then, pour entire quantity into a new, clean mixing container and do it all over again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlthough this product is formulated to minimize air bubbles in the cured rubber, vacuum degassing will further reduce entrapped air. A pressure casting technique using a pressure chamber can yield totally bubble free castings. Contact Smooth-On or your distributor for further information about vacuum degassing or pressure casting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- For best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field. Let the rubber seek its level up and over the model.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eA uniform flow will help minimize entrapped air.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eThe liquid rubber should level off at least 1\/2” (1.3 cm) over the highest point of the model surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Allow rubber to cure overnight (at least 16 hours) at room temperature (73°F\/23°C) before demolding. Cure time can be reduced with mild heat or by adding Smooth-On\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKick-It™ Cure Accelerator\u003c\/strong\u003e. Do not cure rubber where temperature is less than 65°F\/18°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePost Curing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- After rubber has cured at room temperature, heating the rubber to 150°F (65°C) for 4 to 8 hours will increase physical properties and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsing The Mold\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- If using as a mold material, a release agent should be applied to the mold before each casting. The type of release agent to use depends on the material being cast. The proper release agent for\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ewax, liquid rubber or thermosetting materials\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(i.e. Smooth-On liquid plastics) is a spray release made specifically for mold making (available from Smooth-On or your distributor). Prior to casting gypsum plaster materials, sponge the mold with a soap solution for better plaster flow and easy release.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eIn \u0026amp; Out™ II Water Based Release Concentrate\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(available from Smooth-On) is recommended for releasing abrasive materials like\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003econcrete.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerformance \u0026amp; Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Fully cured rubber is tough, durable and will perform if properly used and stored. The physical life of the rubber depends on how you use it. Shrinkage will be higher with wet vs. dry rubbers. Contact Smooth-On directly with questions about this material relative to your application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53210911146284,"sku":"115339","price":36.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53210911179052,"sku":"115340","price":191.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gal","offer_id":53210911211820,"sku":"115341","price":1015.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/pmc-dry-121-30.png?v=1778714066"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-smooth-cast-327-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Smooth-Cast 327","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Smooth-Cast™ 325, 326 \u0026amp; 327 ColorMatch™ Series\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eplastics are fast-cast resins that were developed specifically for adding color pigments and fillers to achieve true color representation or filler effect. The\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColorMatch™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries is formulated “color neutral”. Small amounts of pigment will yield accurate, vivid colors from cured castings using\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSo-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003etints or\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIgnite™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecolor pigments. The\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColorMatch™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries offers the convenience of a 1A: 1B mix ratio by volume and has a very low viscosity. Demold times range from about 10 minutes to 2-4 hours (depending on product, mass and mold configuration).\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: Large mass castings will get very hot and shrink more, depending on mold configuration.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColorMatch™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries also readily accept fillers (such as\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eURE-FIL™ 3\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efrom Smooth-On). Applications for the\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColorMatch™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries plastics include making pigmented prototype models or figures, special effect props, reproducing small to medium size sculptures, decorative jewelry, etc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eSafety\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMaterials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73° F \/ 23° C). These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. All liquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Mixing should be done in a well-ventilated area. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eA release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eor Mann’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, apply release and brush with a soft brush over all surfaces. Follow with a light mist coating and let the release agent dry for 30 minutes. Smooth-On silicone rubber molds usually do not require a release agent unless casting silicone into the mold. Applying a release agent will prolong the life of the mold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePigmenting\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- Pre-Mix Pigment Or Fillers With Part B - For consistent results, pigment or fillers should be added by weight each time. Some “test” castings may have to be made until desired affect is achieved. Add desired amount of pigment or filler to ColorMatch™ Part B and blend thoroughly to a uniform consistency before adding Part A.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNOTE: When adding SO-Strong™ RED tint to Smooth-Cast™ 326 or 327, the color will darken and change. For a better match when using SO-Strong™ RED, use Smooth-Cast™ 325 as your casting resin. This is only an issue with SO-Strong RED, all other SO-Strong™ colors will behave normally.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow Much Pigment or Filler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePigment Example:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eGenerally, 0.5% - 1% Smooth-On pigment added by weight of Part B will yield rich, vibrant color. For translucent effect, add 0.1% pigment.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMetal Cold Casting:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.smooth-on.com\/tutorials\/metal-cold-casting-smooth-cast-325-resin\/\"\u003eWatch our Metal Cold Casting How-To Video\u003c\/a\u003e. Because end-user requirements vary for desired finished effect, we can not offer all pigment or filler loading percentage possibilities. Again, “test” castings may have to be made until desired effect is achieved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eMeasuring \u0026amp; Mixing\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eLiquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eand will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStir or shake both Part A \u0026amp; Part B thoroughly before dispensing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAfter dispensing equal volumes of Parts A and B into mixing container (115A:100B by weight) and mix\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ethoroughly.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eStir deliberately making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times. Be careful not to splash low viscosity material out of the container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- For best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field and let the mixture seek its level. This will help minimize air entrapment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring - Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eUse this product with at least room size ventilation or in proximity to a forced outlet air vent and do not inhale\/breath fumes. Fumes, which may be visible with a significant mass concentration, will quickly dissipate with adequate ventilation. Castings with significant mass may be hot to the touch and irritate skin immediately following cure. Let casting cool to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDemold time of the finished casting depends on mass and mold configuration. Low mass or thin-walled castings will take longer to cure than castings with higher mass concentration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf making rotational or hollow castings, backfilling with a rigid foam (\u003cstrong\u003eFoam-iT! 5\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor other) will provide lightweight reinforcement. Foam backfilling is recommended if castings will be subjected to temperatures above 85°F \/ 30°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePost Cure\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eCastings will reach “full cure” faster and achieve maximum physical properties if post cured. Allow material to cure for recommended cure time at room temperature followed by 4 - 6 hours at 150°F\/65°C. Allow casting to come to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePerformance\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eCured castings are rigid and durable. They resist moisture, moderate heat, solvents, dilute acids and can be machined, primed\/painted or bonded to other surfaces (any release agent must be removed). If machining cured material, wear dust mask or other apparatus to prevent inhalation of residual particles. Castings can be displayed outdoors after priming and painting. Unpainted castings will yellow over time - more quickly when exposed to ultra-violet light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 pt","offer_id":51108425466156,"sku":"115337","price":36.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gallon","offer_id":51108425498924,"sku":"115338","price":201.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Gallon","offer_id":51108425531692,"sku":"125073","price":829.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/Smooth-OnSmooth-Cast327.png?v=1747762043"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-pmc-121-30-wet-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On PMC 121\/30 Wet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePMC™-121\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries urethane rubbers feature convenient one-to-one by volume mix ratios.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePMC™-121\/30 Wet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis exceptionally strong and abrasion resistant for soft urethane mold rubbers. It exudes oil that aids in demolding hard plasters and concrete.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePMC™-121 Series\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003emold rubbers are easy to mix and pour and are exceptionally strong. They are suited for a variety of applications including making molds to reproduce sculpture and architectural elements, as well as for making special effects, toys and prototypes. These rubbers will meet the stringent demands of production casting of wax, plasters, concrete, resins and epoxies. Vibrant colors can be achieved by adding\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSo-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eColor Tints, available from Smooth-On.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePreparation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Materials should be stored and used in at room (73°F\/23°C). Humidity should be low. These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Good ventilation (room size) is necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSome Materials Must Be Sealed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- To prevent adhesion between the rubber and model surface, models made of porous materials (gypsum plasters, concrete, wood, stone, etc.) must be sealed prior to applying a release agent.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuperSeal™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne Step™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) are fast drying sealers suitable for sealing porous surfaces without interfering with surface detail. Shellac is suitable for rough contours. A high quality Shellac is suitable for sealing modeling clays that contain sulfur or moisture (water based). Thermoplastics (polystyrene) must also be sealed with shellac or PVA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn all cases,\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ethe sealing agent should be applied and allowed to completely dry prior to applying a release agent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNon-Porous Surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Metal, glass, hard plastics, sulfur free clays, etc. require only a release agent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- A release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, lightly brush the release agent with a soft brush over all surfaces of the model. Follow with a light mist coating and let dry for 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eLiquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePre Mix the Part B before using.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eAfter dispensing equal amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container, mix thoroughly for at least 3 minutes making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf Mixing Large Quantities\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(16 lbs.\/7 kg. or more) at one time, use a mechanical mixer (i.e. Squirrel Mixer or equal) for 3 minutes followed by careful hand mixing for one minute as directed above. Then, pour entire quantity into a new, clean mixing container and do it all over again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlthough this product is formulated to minimize air bubbles in the cured rubber, vacuum degassing will further reduce entrapped air. A pressure casting technique using a pressure chamber can yield totally bubble free castings. Contact Smooth-On or your distributor for further information about vacuum degassing or pressure casting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- For best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field. Let the rubber seek its level up and over the model.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eA uniform flow will help minimize entrapped air.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eThe liquid rubber should level off at least 1\/2” (1.3 cm) over the highest point of the model surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Allow rubber to cure overnight (at least 16 hours) at room temperature (73°F\/23°C) before demolding. Cure time can be reduced with mild heat or by adding Smooth-On\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKick-It™ Cure Accelerator\u003c\/strong\u003e. Do not cure rubber where temperature is less than 65°F\/18°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePost Curing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- After rubber has cured at room temperature, heating the rubber to 150°F (65°C) for 4 to 8 hours will increase physical properties and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsing The Mold\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- If using as a mold material, a release agent should be applied to the mold before each casting. The type of release agent to use depends on the material being cast. The proper release agent for\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ewax, liquid rubber or thermosetting materials\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(i.e. Smooth-On liquid plastics) is a spray release made specifically for mold making (available from Smooth-On or your distributor). Prior to casting gypsum plaster materials, sponge the mold with a soap solution for better plaster flow and easy release.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eIn \u0026amp; Out™ II Water Based Release Concentrate\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(available from Smooth-On) is recommended for releasing abrasive materials like\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003econcrete.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerformance \u0026amp; Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Fully cured rubber is tough, durable and will perform if properly used and stored. The physical life of the rubber depends on how you use it. Shrinkage will be higher with wet vs. dry rubbers. Contact Smooth-On directly with questions about this material relative to your application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53335344906540,"sku":"115342","price":34.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53335344939308,"sku":"115343","price":264.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gal","offer_id":53335344972076,"sku":"115344","price":828.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-on-pmc-121-30-wet.png?v=1781648874"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-crystal-clear-200-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Crystal Clear 200","description":"\u003cp\u003eCrystal Clear™ 200 is a water white clear and made specifically for applications that require clarity. These rigid urethane casting resins differ only in working and demold times. Low viscosity ensures easy mixing and pouring. Crystal Clear™ resins cure at room temperature with negligible shrinkage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCured castings are:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUV Resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot brittle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVibrant colors and color effects are achieved by adding pigment dispersions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApplications include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEncapsulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaking prototype models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLenses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSculpture reproductions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative cast pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJewelry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrototype models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpecial effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstructions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSafety – Store and use at room temperature (73°F \/ 23°C). These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Environmental humidity should be as low as possible. Good room size ventilation is essential. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Wearing a NIOSH approved respirator will minimize inhalation of residual fumes. Use in a low humidity environment (below 50% RH). Mixing containers should have straight sides and a flat bottom. Mixing sticks should be flat and stiff with defined edges for scraping the sides and bottom of your mixing container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelecting A Mold Rubber – Pour into a urethane rubber mold (Vytaflex™ urethane or Brush-On™ series urethane – release agent required), tin cured silicone mold such as Mold Max™ 20, 25, 30 or Mold Max™ STROKE (not Mold Max™ ‘T’ Series), or Mold Star™ 15, 16 or 30 platinum cured silicone (not Mold Star™ ‘T’ Series). Do not use other rubber mold products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf using Mold Max™ silicone, to prevent cure inhibition, post-cure newly cured silicone mold for 8 hours at 150°F \/ 60°C and let cool prior to casting resin. If you are unsure about surface compatibility, a small scale trial casting should be made.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor Best Results Before Pouring Crystal Clear™ Into Mold: Pre-heat rubber mold at 212°F \/ 100°C for 4 hours. This minimizes chances of fish-eyeing, suck back, corner rounding, and large bubbles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCasting Thickness \u0026amp; Cure Time – The cure time and ultimate shrinkage will vary depending on mass concentration, casting thickness, and mold configuration. Castings resist UV yellowing but may darken over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrystal Clear™ 200: ½” to 3” thickness, maximum 16 lbs. Castings thicker than 3” should be layer cast.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrystal Clear™ 202: Thin section casting up to ½”.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrystal Clear™ 204: Cast up to 6” thick, maximum 35 lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrystal Clear™ 206: For castings greater than 6”.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiquid urethanes are moisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture. Use clean metal or plastic containers. Materials should be stored and used at 73°F \/ 23°C. Stir or shake Part B thoroughly before dispensing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasuring – Mixing ratio is 100A:90B by weight. Use an accurate digital gram scale. Do not measure by volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMixing – Mix slowly but thoroughly for at least 90 seconds. Scrape sides and bottom of container frequently. Add pigment or filler to Part B before combining with Part A.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVacuum degassing greatly reduces bubbles. Pump must pull a minimum of 29 inches of mercury (1 bar). Vacuum until material rises, collapses, then hold for one additional minute.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePOURING, CURING \u0026amp; PERFORMANCE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePouring – Pour material in a single spot at the lowest point of the mold. Do not pour directly over encapsulated objects. Allow material to seek its level to minimize air entrapment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor best results, use pressure casting at 60 PSI for the full cure time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCastings will reach full physical properties in 7 days at room temperature. Early demolding may cause surface tackiness, removable by heating at 150°F \/ 65°C for 6 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePost Curing – Post curing improves heat resistance and UV performance. After full room-temperature cure, heat for 6 hours at 150°F–160°F (65°C–72°C). Allow casting to cool before demolding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application is recommended to determine suitability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCAUTION: NOT FOR HOME USE. THIS PRODUCT IS FOR INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY. \u003c\/strong\u003eWith adequate local exhaust ventilation, respiratory protection is not normally required when using this product. Where risk assessment shows air-purifying respirators are appropriate, follow OSHA respirator regulations and European Standards EN 141, 143 and 371. Protective clothing (gloves and long sleeves) is required to minimize the risk of dermal sensitization. If breathing is affected or a dermal rash develops, immediately cease using this product and seek medical attention. Read SDS before using.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIMPORTANT: Shelf life is reduced after opening. Use remaining product as soon as possible. Replace lids immediately after dispensing. XTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket significantly extends shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53056230752556,"sku":"115376","price":105.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gallon","offer_id":53056230785324,"sku":"115378","price":493.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gallon","offer_id":53056230818092,"sku":"115379","price":1530.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/crystal-clear-200.png?v=1778781815"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-crystal-clear-202-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Crystal Clear 202","description":"\u003cp\u003eCrystal Clear™ 202 is a water white clear and made specifically for applications that require clarity. These rigid urethane casting resins differ only in working and demold times. Low viscosity ensures easy mixing and pouring. Crystal Clear™ resins cure at room temperature* with negligible shrinkage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCured castings are:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUV Resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot brittle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVibrant colors and color effects are achieved by adding pigment dispersions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApplications include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEncapsulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaking prototype models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLenses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSculpture reproductions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative cast pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJewelry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrototype models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpecial effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstructions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSafety – Store and use at room temperature (73°F \/ 23°C). These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Environmental humidity should be as low as possible. Good room size ventilation is essential. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Wearing a NIOSH approved respirator will minimize inhalation of residual fumes. Use in a low humidity environment (below 50% RH). Mixing containers should have straight sides and a flat bottom. Mixing sticks should be flat and stiff with defined edges for scraping the sides and bottom of your mixing container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelecting A Mold Rubber – Pour into a urethane rubber mold (Vytaflex™ urethane or Brush-On™ series urethane – release agent required), tin cured silicone mold such as Mold Max™ 20, 25, 30 or Mold Max™ STROKE (not Mold Max™ ‘T’ Series), or Mold Star™ 15, 16 or 30 platinum cured silicone (not Mold Star™ ‘T’ Series). Do not use other rubber mold products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf using Mold Max™ silicone, to prevent cure inhibition, post-cure newly cured silicone mold for 8 hours at 150°F \/ 60°C and let cool prior to casting resin. If you are unsure about surface compatibility, a small scale trial casting should be made.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor Best Results Before Pouring Crystal Clear™ Into Mold: Pre-heat rubber mold at 212°F \/ 100°C for 4 hours. This minimizes chances of fish-eyeing, suck back, corner rounding, and large bubbles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCasting Thickness \u0026amp; Cure Time – Cure time and ultimate shrinkage vary depending on mass, thickness, and mold configuration. Castings resist UV yellowing but may darken over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrystal Clear™ 200: ½” to 3” thickness, max 16 lbs. Cast thicker sections in layers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrystal Clear™ 202: Thin section casting up to ½”.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrystal Clear™ 204: Cast up to 6” thick, max 35 lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrystal Clear™ 206: For castings greater than 6”.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiquid urethanes are moisture sensitive and absorb atmospheric moisture. Use clean metal or plastic containers. Store and use materials at 73°F \/ 23°C. Stir or shake Part B thoroughly before dispensing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasuring – Mixing ratio is 100A:90B by weight. Use an accurate digital gram scale. Do not measure by volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMixing – Mix slowly but thoroughly for at least 90 seconds. Scrape sides and bottom of container frequently. Add pigment or filler to Part B before combining with Part A.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVacuum degassing reduces bubbles. Pump must pull at least 29 inches mercury (1 bar). Vacuum for one minute after material collapses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePOURING, CURING \u0026amp; PERFORMANCE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePouring – Pour in a single spot at the lowest point of the mold. Do not pour directly over encapsulated objects. Allow material to seek its level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor best results, use pressure casting at 60 PSI for full cure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCastings reach full properties in 7 days at room temperature. Early demolding may cause surface tackiness, removable by heat cure at 150°F \/ 65°C for 6 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePost Curing – Post cure for maximum properties. After full room-temperature cure, heat for 6 hours at 150°F–160°F (65°C–72°C). Allow part to cool before demolding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application is recommended to determine suitability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCAUTION: NOT FOR HOME USE. THIS PRODUCT IS FOR INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY.\u003c\/strong\u003e With adequate local exhaust ventilation, respiratory protection is not normally required when using this product. Where risk assessment shows air-purifying respirators are appropriate, follow OSHA respirator regulations and European Standards EN 141, 143 and 371. Protective clothing (gloves and long sleeves) is required to minimize the risk of dermal sensitization. If breathing is affected or a dermal rash develops, immediately cease using this product and seek medical attention. Read SDS before using.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIMPORTANT: Shelf life is reduced after opening. Use remaining product as soon as possible. Replace lids immediately after dispensing. XTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket significantly extends shelf life.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53056063013164,"sku":"115380","price":132.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gallon","offer_id":53056063045932,"sku":"115381","price":493.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gallon","offer_id":53056063078700,"sku":"115382","price":1530.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/cystal-clear-202.png?v=1778781713"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-crystal-clear-204-2-gallon-k","title":"Smooth-On Crystal Clear 204","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Clear™ 204\u003c\/strong\u003e is a water white clear and made specifically for applications that require clarity. These rigid urethane casting resins differ only in working and demold times. Low viscosity ensures easy mixing and pouring. \u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Clear™\u003c\/strong\u003e resins cure at room temperature* with negligible shrinkage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cu\u003eFeatures\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCured castings are:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUV Resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot brittle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVibrant colors and color effects are achieved by adding pigment dispersions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApplications include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEncapsulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaking prototype models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLenses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSculpture reproductions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative cast pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJewelry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrototype models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpecial effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cu\u003eInstructions\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e – Store and use at room temperature (73°F \/ 23°C). These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Environmental humidity should be as low as possible. Good room size ventilation is essential. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Wearing a NIOSH approved respirator will minimize inhalation of residual fumes. Use in a low humidity environment (below 50% RH).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelecting A Mold Rubber\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e – Pour into a urethane rubber mold (\u003cstrong\u003eVytaflex™\u003c\/strong\u003e urethane or \u003cstrong\u003eBrush-On™\u003c\/strong\u003e series urethane – release agent required), tin cured silicone mold such as \u003cstrong\u003eMold Max™ 20, 25, 30\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eMold Max™ STROKE\u003c\/strong\u003e (not Mold Max™ ‘T’ Series) or \u003cstrong\u003eMold Star™ 15, 16 or 30\u003c\/strong\u003e platinum cured silicone (not Mold Star™ ‘T’ Series). Do not use other rubber mold products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf using Mold Max™ silicone:\u003c\/strong\u003e To prevent cure inhibition, post-cure newly cured silicone mold for 8 hours at 150°F \/ 60°C and let cool prior to casting resin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Best Results Before Pouring Crystal Clear™ Into Mold:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-heat rubber mold at 212°F \/ 100°C for 4 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCasting Thickness \u0026amp; Cure Time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e – Cure time and shrinkage vary based on mass, thickness, and configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Clear™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e – ½” to 3” thickness, max 16 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Clear™ 202\u003c\/strong\u003e – Thin sections only, max ½”\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Clear™ 204\u003c\/strong\u003e – Up to 6” thickness, max 35 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Clear™ 206\u003c\/strong\u003e – Castings greater than 6”\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiquid urethanes are \u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive\u003c\/strong\u003e. Use metal or plastic containers and mix at room temperature. \u003cstrong\u003eStir Part B thoroughly before dispensing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e – Mixing ratio is 100A:90B by weight. Use a digital gram scale only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMixing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e – Mix slowly for at least 90 seconds, scraping sides and bottom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePOURING, CURING \u0026amp; PERFORMANCE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e – Pour in a single spot at the lowest point. Let material seek its level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Best Results:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use pressure casting at 60 PSI for full cure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCastings reach full properties in 7 days at room temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePost Curing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e – 6 hours at 150–160°F after full room-temperature cure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e Because no two applications are quite the same, a small test application is recommended.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCAUTION: NOT FOR HOME USE. THIS PRODUCT IS FOR INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY. \u003c\/strong\u003eWith adequate local exhaust ventilation, respiratory protection is not normally required when using this product. Where risk assessment shows air-purifying respirators are appropriate, follow OSHA respirator regulations and European Standards EN 141, 143 and 371. Protective clothing (gloves and long sleeves) is required to minimize the risk of dermal sensitization. If breathing is affected or a dermal rash develops, immediately cease using this product and seek medical attention. Read SDS before using.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shelf life is reduced after opening. Replace lids immediately after use. \u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003c\/strong\u003e significantly prolongs shelf life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53055240110380,"sku":"115383","price":101.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gallon","offer_id":53055240077612,"sku":"115384","price":454.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gallon","offer_id":53055240143148,"sku":"115385","price":1530.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/crystal-clear-204.png?v=1778781650"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-foam-it-3lb-hard-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On FOAM-iT! 3","description":"\u003cp\u003eSmooth-On’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries are two-component water blown rigid foams that are versatile and easy to use.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eproducts are available in 3lb., 4 lb., 5 lb., 8 lb., 10 lb.,15 lb. or 26 lb. per cubic foot densities. Parts A and B are measured and mixed in equal amounts by volume. The mixture is then poured into a mold or other form (apply release agent if necessary). The mixture will expand many times original volume (depending on which\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eproduct you are using) and develop a uniform cell structure.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-IT!™ 3\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eis tack-free in about 4 - 6.5 minutes, developing handling strength in 20 minutes and full cure in 2 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eproducts can be used as a straight casting material, backfill material for hollow castings (adds structural strength) or as an encapsulation material, etc. They can be color pigmented with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSO-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUVO™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIGNITE™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecolorants and are used for a variety of art\/ craft, industrial design and special effects applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePREPARATION\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eStore and use at room temperature (73°F\/23°C). Use in a low humidity environment (below 50% RH). Mixing containers should have straight sides and a flat bottom. Mixing sticks should be flat and stiff with defined edges for scraping the sides and bottom of your mixing container. Good ventilation (room size) is essential. This product has a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAPPLYING A RELEASE AGENT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eUrethane foams are adhesive and will stick \/ bond to many surfaces. We recommend\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 2831\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eto release urethane foam from most surfaces. If the release application is particularly difficult (example; releasing urethane foam from urethane rubber), we recommend an application of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efollowed by an application of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 2831\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWARNING:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eDo not use\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eby itself, or any other silicone based release agents. This will collapse the foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eLiquid urethanes are moisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKnow the mix ratio for the FOAM-iT!™ product you are using.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAfter dispensing the correct amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emix thoroughly for 45 seconds.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eStir quickly making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times. Be careful not to splash low viscosity material out of the container.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRemember, foams cure quickly.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eDo not delay between mixing and pouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring \u0026amp; Curing -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eFor best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field and let the mixture seek its level. Allow space in the containment field for the foam to grow as it expands to its ultimate volume. Allow foam to cure for at least 20 minutes before handling (\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™ 10 SLOW\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- 1 hour). Cure time will be affected by mass and mold configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMass Concentration \/ Mold Configuration –\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePouring large amounts at a time in certain mold configurations (i.e. cylinder) could cause excess heat to be generated and result in splitting (fissures). Step pouring in layers may resolve this problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImproving Surface Finish \u0026amp; Minimizing Voids With Back Pressure -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eCapping the mold cavity opening with a board that has predrilled holes will improve surface finish for some foams. For more information, watch the video at\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.smooth-on.com\/backpressure\"\u003esmooth-on.com\/backpressure\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFully Cured\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eFoam can be sanded, machined, drilled, etc. (wear NIOSH approved respirator). Foam can also be primed and \/ or painted.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53210876969260,"sku":"115444","price":34.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53210877002028,"sku":"115445","price":189.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gal","offer_id":53210877034796,"sku":"115446","price":779.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/foam-it3.jpg?v=1778710454"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-silpoxy-silicone-adhesive-0-5-oz","title":"Smooth-On Sil-Poxy Silicone Adhesive","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSil-Poxy™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis a one component adhesive made specifically for bonding Smooth-On RTV moldmaking silicone rubbers to silicone rubber and other substrates including some plastics (urethane), plasters\/ceramics, fabrics, etc.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSil-Poxy™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewill work with Smooth-On tin or platinum cure moldmaking silicones and provides a strong, flexible bond between silicone parts with high elongation. Can be colored with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilc-Pig™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esilicone pigments. Cured adhesive resists weathering, moisture, UV and high temperatures.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSil-Poxy™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecan be used for repairing torn silicone rubber molds. Other applications include bonding silicone for prosthetics and animatronics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCured\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSil-Poxy™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis certified skin safe.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT - Do not apply to skin in liquid form.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be used repairing torn silicone rubber molds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWill work with tin- or platinum-cure silicones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides a strong, flexible bond\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"instructions\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"instructions\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eSafety\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eUse in a properly ventilated area (“room size” ventilation). Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStore and use material at room temperature (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eThis product has a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA clean, dry surface is essential for successful adhesive bonding. If possible, abrade surface and follow with solvent wipe before applying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eDispensing\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eSqueeze tube, taking care not allow air to enter tube before replacing cap. Unused product in tube exposed to air will cure quickly. Replace cap immediately after dispensing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eApplying\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eApply adhesive to surface and mate parts. Material will begin to cure in about 5 minutes. Pieces can be handled after 1 hour depending on temperature and humidity. Full cure is attained after 24 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClean Up -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eUncured\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSil-Poxy™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecan be removed from surfaces using isopropyl alcohol. Do not allow isopropyl alcohol to pool on silicone rubber surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"0.5 oz","offer_id":51055347597612,"sku":"115581","price":20.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 oz","offer_id":51055347630380,"sku":"115582","price":56.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/Smooth-OnSil-PoxySiliconeAdhesive.png?v=1746571841"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-moldstar-15-slow-1-1-2-lb-kit","title":"Smooth-On Mold Star 15 SLOW","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Star™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003erubbers are easy to use platinum silicones which are mixed 1A:1B by volume (no weighing scale necessary).\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Star™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003esilicones feature relatively low viscosities and vacuum degassing is not required for most applications. The pot life of\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMold Star™ 15\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSLOW\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eis 50 minutes and cure time is 4 hours at room temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Star™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esilicones cure to soft, strong rubbers which are tear resistant and exhibit very low long term shrinkage. Molds made with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Star™\u003c\/strong\u003ewill last a long time in your mold library and are good for casting wax, gypsum, resins, and other materials. Cured\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Star™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003erubber is heat resistant up to 450°F (232°C) and is suitable for casting low-temperature melt metal alloys.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: Mold Star™ rubbers are not intended for brush-on moldmaking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"warning\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: This product will not cure against surfaces containing sulfur, even when sealed.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Use in a properly ventilated area (“room size” ventilation). Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Wear vinyl gloves only. Latex gloves will inhibit the cure of the rubber.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStore and use material at room temperature (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eWarmer temperatures will drastically reduce working time and cure time. Storing material at warmer temperatures will also reduce the usable shelf life of unused material. These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCure Inhibition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Addition cured silicone rubber may be inhibited by certain contaminants in or on the pattern to be molded resulting in tackiness at the pattern interface or a total lack of cure throughout the mold. Latex, sulfur clays, certain wood surfaces, newly cast polyester, epoxy or urethane rubber may cause inhibition. If compatibility between the rubber and the surface is a concern, a small-scale test is recommended. Apply a small amount of rubber onto a non-critical area of the pattern. Inhibition has occurred if the rubber is gummy or uncured after the recommended cure time has passed. To prevent inhibition, one or more coatings of a clear acrylic lacquer applied to the model surface is usually effective. Allow any sealer to thoroughly dry before applying rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEven with a sealer, Mold Star™ silicones will not cure against surfaces containing sulfur. If you are not sure if your clay contains sulfur, do a small compatibility test before using for an important project.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Although not usually necessary, a release agent will make demolding easier when casting into most surfaces.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis a proven release agent for releasing silicone from silicone or other surfaces. Mann Ease Release™ products are available from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eMeasuring \u0026amp; Mixing\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e- Before you begin, pre-mix Part A and Part B separately. After dispensing required amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container (1A:1B by volume),\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emix thoroughly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003emaking sure that you\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003escrape\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ethe sides and bottom of the mixing container several times.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eThe rubber should be a uniform color with no streaks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptional...\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eVacuum Degassing\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Although not necessary, vacuum degassing helps eliminate any entrapped air in pourable silicone rubber. After mixing parts A and B, vacuum material for 2-3 minutes at 29 inches of mercury, making sure that you leave enough room in container for product expansion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- For best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field. Let the rubber seek its own level.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eA uniform flow will help minimize entrapped air.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eIf using as a mold material, the liquid rubber should level off at least 1\/2” (1.3 cm) over the highest point of the model surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eCuring\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e- Allow\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Star™ 15 SLOW\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esilicone rubber to cure for\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eat room temperature (73°F\/23°C) before demolding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Curing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Time to demold can be reduced by applying mild heat.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExample:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAfter pouring Mold Star™ 15 rubber at room temperature, place the mold in a hot box or industrial oven at 140°F (60°C). This will reduce the time to demold of a 1\/2” (1.3 cm) thick section to about 10 minutes.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTime will vary depending on mold thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdding an appropriate amount of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlat-Cat™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecure accelerator will also reduce demold time. The pot life and cure times can be extended using\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSlo-Jo™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecure retarder. Do not cure rubber where temperature is less than 65°F\/18°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Performance \u0026amp; Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- The physical life of the mold depends on how you use it (materials cast, frequency, etc.). Casting abrasive materials can quickly erode mold detail, while casting non-abrasive materials (wax) will not affect mold detail. Before storing, the mold should be cleaned with a soap solution and wiped fully dry. Two part (or more) molds should be assembled. Molds should be stored on a level surface in a cool, dry environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53210628948268,"sku":"115981","price":48.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53210628981036,"sku":"118842","price":318.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/mold-star-15-slow.jpg?v=1778707025"},{"product_id":"us-gypsum-1-pottery-plaster","title":"USG Gypsum #1 Pottery Plaster - 50lb","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e50 LB\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-overview__features-title\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo. 1 Pottery Plaster produces a break-resistant, smooth wearing mold designed for slip casting and jiggering applications. No. 1 Pottery Plaster:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIs formulated to provide stronger, longer-lasting ceramic slip cast molds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIs the industry standard for sanitaryware and dinnerware casting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHas a recommended use consistency by weight of 70 parts water to 100 parts plaster\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHas a standard machine mix Vicat set of 14-24 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNOTE — For best results, store indoors in a dry, stable environment, away from drafts. Do not stack more than two pallets high.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"USG Corp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46712216387884,"sku":"116593","price":54.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/USGGypsumPotteryPlaster-50lb.png?v=1744758448"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-foam-it-fast-10lb-hard-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On FOAM-iT!1 10 - 2 Pint Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 PINT KIT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmooth-On’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries are two-component water blown rigid foams that are versatile and easy to use. Parts A and B are measured and mixed in equal amounts by volume. The mixture is then poured into a mold or other form (apply release agent if necessary). The mixture will expand many times original volume (depending on which\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eproduct you are using) and develop a uniform cell structure.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-IT!™ 10\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eis tack-free in about 4 - 6.5 minutes, developing handling strength in 20 minutes and full cure in 2 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eproducts can be used as a straight casting material, backfill material for hollow castings (adds structural strength) or as an encapsulation material, etc. They can be color pigmented with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSO-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUVO™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eIGNITE™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecolorants and are used for a variety of art\/ craft, industrial design and special effects applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstructions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePREPARATION\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eStore and use at room temperature (73°F\/23°C). Use in a low humidity environment (below 50% RH). Mixing containers should have straight sides and a flat bottom. Mixing sticks should be flat and stiff with defined edges for scraping the sides and bottom of your mixing container. Good ventilation (room size) is essential. This product has a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAPPLYING A RELEASE AGENT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eUrethane foams are adhesive and will stick \/ bond to many surfaces. We recommend\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 2831\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eto release urethane foam from most surfaces. If the release application is particularly difficult (example; releasing urethane foam from urethane rubber), we recommend an application of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efollowed by an application of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 2831\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWARNING:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eDo not use\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eby itself, or any other silicone based release agents. This will collapse the foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eLiquid urethanes are moisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKnow the mix ratio for the FOAM-iT!™ product you are using.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAfter dispensing the correct amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emix thoroughly for 45 seconds.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eStir quickly making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times. Be careful not to splash low viscosity material out of the container.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRemember, foams cure quickly.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eDo not delay between mixing and pouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring \u0026amp; Curing -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eFor best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field and let the mixture seek its level. Allow space in the containment field for the foam to grow as it expands to its ultimate volume. Allow foam to cure for at least 20 minutes before handling (\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™ 10 SLOW\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- 1 hour). Cure time will be affected by mass and mold configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMass Concentration \/ Mold Configuration –\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePouring large amounts at a time in certain mold configurations (i.e. cylinder) could cause excess heat to be generated and result in splitting (fissures). Step pouring in layers may resolve this problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImproving Surface Finish \u0026amp; Minimizing Voids With Back Pressure -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eCapping the mold cavity opening with a board that has predrilled holes will improve surface finish for some foams. For more information, watch the video at\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.smooth-on.com\/backpressure\"\u003esmooth-on.com\/backpressure\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFully Cured\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eFoam can be sanded, machined, drilled, etc. (wear NIOSH approved\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46712224121132,"sku":"116627","price":33.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/foam-it_-10-combo-533x400_61b892cc-2e36-457b-b834-90758728685c.jpg?v=1729527763"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-foam-it-fast-10lb-hard-2-gallon-kit","title":"Smooth-On FOAM-iT!1 10 - 2 Gallon Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 GALLON KIT\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmooth-On’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries are two-component water blown rigid foams that are versatile and easy to use. Parts A and B are measured and mixed in equal amounts by volume. The mixture is then poured into a mold or other form (apply release agent if necessary). The mixture will expand many times original volume (depending on which\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eproduct you are using) and develop a uniform cell structure.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-IT!™ 10\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eis tack-free in about 4 - 6.5 minutes, developing handling strength in 20 minutes and full cure in 2 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eproducts can be used as a straight casting material, backfill material for hollow castings (adds structural strength) or as an encapsulation material, etc. They can be color pigmented with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSO-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUVO™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eIGNITE™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecolorants and are used for a variety of art\/ craft, industrial design and special effects applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstructions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePREPARATION\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eStore and use at room temperature (73°F\/23°C). Use in a low humidity environment (below 50% RH). Mixing containers should have straight sides and a flat bottom. Mixing sticks should be flat and stiff with defined edges for scraping the sides and bottom of your mixing container. Good ventilation (room size) is essential. This product has a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAPPLYING A RELEASE AGENT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eUrethane foams are adhesive and will stick \/ bond to many surfaces. We recommend\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 2831\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eto release urethane foam from most surfaces. If the release application is particularly difficult (example; releasing urethane foam from urethane rubber), we recommend an application of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efollowed by an application of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 2831\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWARNING:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eDo not use\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eby itself, or any other silicone based release agents. This will collapse the foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eLiquid urethanes are moisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKnow the mix ratio for the FOAM-iT!™ product you are using.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAfter dispensing the correct amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emix thoroughly for 45 seconds.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eStir quickly making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times. Be careful not to splash low viscosity material out of the container.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRemember, foams cure quickly.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eDo not delay between mixing and pouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring \u0026amp; Curing -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eFor best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field and let the mixture seek its level. Allow space in the containment field for the foam to grow as it expands to its ultimate volume. Allow foam to cure for at least 20 minutes before handling (\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™ 10 SLOW\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- 1 hour). Cure time will be affected by mass and mold configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMass Concentration \/ Mold Configuration –\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePouring large amounts at a time in certain mold configurations (i.e. cylinder) could cause excess heat to be generated and result in splitting (fissures). Step pouring in layers may resolve this problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImproving Surface Finish \u0026amp; Minimizing Voids With Back Pressure -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eCapping the mold cavity opening with a board that has predrilled holes will improve surface finish for some foams. For more information, watch the video at\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.smooth-on.com\/backpressure\"\u003esmooth-on.com\/backpressure\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFully Cured\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eFoam can be sanded, machined, drilled, etc. (wear NIOSH approved respirator). Foam can also be primed and \/ or painted.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46712224153900,"sku":"116628","price":202.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/foam-it_-10-combo-533x400_d86ad9f5-303e-4e43-9db3-72a3a35c4cf9.jpg?v=1729527373"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-smooth-cast-onyx-slow-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Smooth-Cast Onyx Slow","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e™ plastics offer tremendous versatility and economy. They are easy to use and available as either rigid or semi-rigids. You can add different colors and\/or fillers for an infinite variety of mind-blowing effects. Perfect for casting detailed models, prototypes, props and cast effect pieces.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigher physical properties and higher heat resistance vs. other general purpose resins (up to \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e250°F\/121°C\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e if post cured). Because \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eONYX™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e is a fast curing resin and becomes hard quickly, it is also great for doing fast cold cast bronze, brass, copper, nickel\/silver and other metals.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53210255196460,"sku":"116737","price":39.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Gal","offer_id":53210255229228,"sku":"116738","price":213.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-cast-slow.jpg?v=1778695168"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-smooth-cast-65d-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Smooth-Cast 65D","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ Semi-Rigid\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eline of low-cost semi-rigid urethane casting resins cure quickly to semi-rigid plastics that offer excellent impact resistance. These plastics are easy-to-use (mix ratio is 1A:1B by volume) and have low viscosities for minimal bubble entrapment. Vibrant colors are possible by adding\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSO-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUVO™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIgnite™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecolor pigments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese semi-rigid plastics are good for making impact resistant prototypes, models, toys, props, climbing holds, etc. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNOTE: Smooth-Cast™ 57D and Smooth-Cast™ 65D are also suitable for rotational casting applications. Do not use other Smooth-Cast™ semi-rigid plastics for roto casting.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eSafety\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMaterials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73° F\/23° C). These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. All liquid urethanes are\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003emoisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMixing should be done in a well-ventilated area. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eA release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eor Mann’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, apply release and brush with a soft brush over all surfaces. Follow with a light mist coating and let the release agent dry for 30 minutes. Smooth-On silicone rubber molds usually do not require a release agent unless casting silicone into the mold. Applying a release agent will prolong the life of the mold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING...\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe components (Parts A and B) should be at room temperature (73°F\/23°C). Combine equal amounts of Parts A \u0026amp; B by volume in a mixing container. Make sure that you scrape the bottom and sides of your container several times. Smooth Cast™ 65D are very fast setting materials.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eDo not delay between mixing and pouring.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAlso, the higher the mass concentration, the faster the material gels and cures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePouring\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eFor best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field and let the mixture seek its level. This will help minimize air entrapment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eFor Best Results\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eBest results are obtained using a pressure casting technique. After pouring the mixed compound, the entire casting assembly (mold, dam structure, etc.) is placed in a pressure chamber and subjected to 60 PSI (4.2 kg\/cm2) air pressure for the full cure time of the material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring - Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eUse this product with at least room size ventilation or in proximity to a forced outlet air vent and do not inhale\/breath fumes. Fumes, which may be visible with a significant mass concentration, will quickly dissipate with adequate ventilation. Castings with significant mass may be hot to the touch and irritate skin immediately following cure. Let casting cool to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDemold time of the finished casting depends on mass and mold configuration. Low mass or thin-walled castings will take longer to cure than castings with higher mass concentration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf making rotational or hollow castings, backfilling with a rigid foam (\u003cstrong\u003eFoam-iT! 5\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor other) will provide lightweight reinforcement. Foam backfilling is recommended if castings will be subjected to temperatures above 85°F \/ 30°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerformance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Cured castings are semi-rigid and impact resistant. They resist moisture, mild heat, solvents (intermittent contact) and can be primed\/painted or bonded to other surfaces (any release agent must be removed) using Urebond or similar flexible adhesive. If machining material, wear breathing protection. Unpainted castings may discolor in proportion to duration and intensity of exposure to UV light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf suitability of any Smooth-On material is in question for your application, a small scale test is recommended before using for an important project.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53210237075756,"sku":"117309","price":35.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gal","offer_id":53210237108524,"sku":"118262","price":199.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-cast-65D.jpg?v=1778694706"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-clearflex-95","title":"Smooth-On Clear Flex 95 - 1.25 Quart","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClear Flex™ 95\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis a water white clear urethane liquid rubber compounds designed for applications that require absolute clarity and resistance to sunlight. Low viscosity ensures easy mixing and pouring.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClear Flex™ 95\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecures at room temperature with negligible shrinkage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCured castings are:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUV Resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVibrant colors and color effects are achieved by adding pigments. Applications include making clear-cut molds, model reproductions, decorative cast pieces, special effects, prototype parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eStore and use at room temperature (73°F\/23°C). These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Environmental humidity should be as low as possible. Good room size ventilation is essential. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Wearing a NIOSH approved respirator will minimize inhalation of residual fumes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSome Materials Must Be Sealed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eTo prevent adhesion between the rubber and model surface, models made of porous materials (gypsum plasters, concrete, wood, stone, etc.) must be sealed prior to applying a release agent. The best sealer for sealing porous materials is\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuperSeal™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne Step™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(Available from Smooth-On). Spray shellac is suitable for rough contours. A high quality Shellac is suitable for sealing modeling clays that contain sulfur or moisture (water based). Allow sealer to dry thoroughly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eA release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent (such as\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the rubber.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, lightly brush the release agent with a soft brush over all surfaces of the model. Follow with a light mist coating and let dry for 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelecting A Mold Rubber\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePour into a urethane rubber mold (\u003cstrong\u003eVytaflex™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eurethane – release agent required), tin cured silicone mold (\u003cstrong\u003eMold Max™ 10, 14NV, 20, 25, 30 or 40\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esilicone) or\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Star™ 15, 16 or 30\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eplatinum cured silicone mold.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClear Flex™ 50 will not work in a Mold Max™ 10T, 15T or 20T silicone mold.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf using Mold Max silicone;\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eto prevent cure inhibition, post-cure newly silicone mold for 8 hours at 60° C \/ 150° F and let cool prior to casting resin. If you are unsure about surface compatibility, a small scale trial casting should be made.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Best Results Before Pouring Clear Flex™ Into Mold:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePre-heat rubber mold at 212°F \/ 100°C for 4 hours. This will minimize chances of fish-eyeing, suck back, corner rounding, large bubbles, etc. in finished casting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLiquid urethanes are moisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePre Mix the Part B before using.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eBefore you begin, pre-mix Part B thoroughly to re-disperse pigments that may have settled.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsing a gram scale,\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003edispense required amounts of parts A and B into a mixing container and mix for 3 minutes. Scrape the sides and bottom of the container several times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf Mixing Large Quantities\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e(16 lbs.\/7 kg. or more) at one time, use a mechanical mixer (i.e. turbine mixer or equal) for 3 minutes followed by careful hand mixing for one minute as directed above. Then, pour entire quantity into a new, clean mixing container and do it all over again. If coloring or filling\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClear Flex™ 95\u003c\/strong\u003e, add filler or pigment dispersion to Part B and mix thoroughly before adding Part A.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMaterial is mass sensitive and will exotherm. Large amounts of material cast at one time will generate heat and will shrink in proportion to mass. The more material cast in a large concentration, the higher the shrinkage. Amount and nature of shrinkage will depend on casting thickness and mold configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVacuuming Material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- If vacuum degassing prior to pouring, your vacuum pump must pull a minimum of 29 inches of mercury (or 1 Bar \/ 100 KPa). Leave enough room in container for material expansion. Vacuum material until it rises, breaks and falls. Vacuum for 1 minute after material falls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePouring\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e- If casting\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClear Flex™ 95\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003einto a rubber mold, pour mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the mold. If encapsulating an object, do not pour the mixture directly over the object. Let the mixture seek its level. A uniform flow will help minimize entrapped air.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eBest results are obtained using a pressure casting technique. After pouring the mixed compound, the entire casting assembly (mold, dam structure, etc.) is placed in a pressure chamber and subjected to 60 PSI (4.2 kg\/cm2) air pressure for at least two hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePost Curing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eCastings will cure faster and achieve maximum physical properties and heat resistance if\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eClear Flex™ 95\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis post cured. Post curing is recommended if castings are thin or low mass concentration. Castings should be post cured in a mold or support structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePost Cure Schedule:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eAllow the material to cure for 6–8 hours at room temperature followed by 16 hours at 150°–160°F (65°–72°C). Allow casting or part to cool to room temperature before demolding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor most applications, room temperature curing (73°F\/23°C) for 24–48 hours is adequate. Castings will reach ultimate physical properties at room temperature in 5–7 days. Castings removed from mold before 12 hours may exhibit a tacky surface that can be eliminated by exposing casting to 150°F\/65°C for 4–6 hours. If you are pouring less than 1\/4 in. \/ 0.64 cm of material, the casting should be heat post cured.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCAUTION: NOT FOR HOME USE. THIS PRODUCT IS FOR INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY. \u003c\/strong\u003eWith adequate local exhaust ventilation, respiratory protection is not normally required when using this product. Where risk assessment shows air-purifying respirators are appropriate, follow OSHA respirator regulations and European Standards EN 141, 143 and 371. Protective clothing (gloves and long sleeves) is required to minimize the risk of dermal sensitization. If breathing is affected or a dermal rash develops, immediately cease using this product and seek medical attention. Read SDS before using.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46712249581868,"sku":"117406","price":108.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-on-clearflex-95.png?v=1781044926"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-pmc-744-44a","title":"Smooth-On PMC-744 - 1.25 Quart","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePMC™-744\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ehas been used for years by mold making professionals to cast plaster, concrete, resins, etc. It is excellent for making molds that are strong, durable and dimensionally stable. Low viscosity ensures fine detail reproduction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePMC™-744\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis ideal for making ceramic case molds and plaster block molds, reproducing ornamental plaster, making molds for casting concrete, casting a variety of Smooth-On urethane resins, casting wax for making candles and making a mechanical rubber parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOR COMMERCIAL\/INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePreparation\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Store and use at room temperature (73°F\/23°C). Environmental humidity should be as low as possible. Good ventilation (room size) is essential. This product has a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSome Materials Must Be Sealed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- To prevent adhesion between the rubber and model surface, models made of porous materials (gypsum plasters, concrete, wood, stone, etc.) must be sealed prior to applying a release agent.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuperSeal™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne Step™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) fast drying sealers suitable for sealing porous surfaces without interfering with surface detail. A high quality Shellac is suitable for sealing modeling clays that contain sulfur or moisture (water based). Thermoplastics (polystyrene) must also be sealed with shellac or PVA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn all cases,\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ethe sealing agent should be applied and allowed to completely dry prior to applying a release agent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eNon-Porous Surfaces\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Metal, glass, hard plastics, sulfur free clays, etc. require only a release agent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- A release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, lightly brush the release agent with a soft brush over all surfaces of the model. Follow with a light mist coating and let the release agent dry for 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eShelf life of product is drastically reduced after opening. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eLiquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT: Pre Mix the Part B before using.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eAfter dispensing two Parts A and one Part B into mixing container, mix thoroughly for at least 3 minutes making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf Mixing Large Quantities\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(16 lbs.\/7 kgs. or more) at one time, use a mechanical mixer (i.e. Squirrel Mixer or equal) for 3 minutes followed by careful hand mixing for one minute as directed above. Then, pour entire quantity into a new, clean mixing container and do it all over again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlthough this product is formulated to minimize air bubbles in your the cured rubber, vacuum degassing will further reduce entrapped air. A pressure casting technique using a pressure chamber can yield totally bubble free molds. Contact Smooth-On or your distributor for further information about vacuum degassing or pressure casting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePouring\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- For best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field. Let the rubber seek its level up and over the model.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eA uniform flow will help minimize entrapped air.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eThe liquid rubber should level off at least 1\/2” (1.3 cm) over the highest point of the model surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eCuring\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Allow rubber to cure overnight (at least 16 hours) at room temperature (73°F\/23°C) before demolding. Cure time can be reduced with mild heat or by adding Smooth-On\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKick-It™ Cure Accelerator\u003c\/strong\u003e. Do not cure rubber where temperature is less than 65°F\/18°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePost Curing\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- After rubber has cured at room temperature, heating the rubber to 150°F (65°C) for 4 to 8 hours will increase physical properties and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eUsing The Mold\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- If using as a mold material, a release agent should be applied to the mold before each casting. The type of release agent to use depends on the material being cast. The proper release agent for\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ewax, liquid rubber or thermosetting materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(i.e. Smooth-On liquid plastics) is a spray release made specifically for mold making (available from Smooth-On or your distributor). Prior to casting\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003egypsum plaster materials,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003esponge the mold with a soap solution for better plaster flow and easy release.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn \u0026amp; Out™ II Water Based Release Concentrate\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(available from Smooth-On) is recommended for releasing abrasive materials like\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003econcrete.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePerformance \u0026amp; Storage\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Fully cured rubber is tough, durable and will perform if properly used and stored. The physical life of the rubber depends on how you use it.\u003cspan style=\"font-family: arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; line-height: 17px;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46712254693676,"sku":"117499","price":65.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/pmclinehero.png?v=1726077704"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-foam-it-15lb-hard-foam","title":"Smooth-On FOAM-iT! 15lb - 2 Pint","description":"\u003cp\u003eSmooth-On’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™ Series\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eare two-component water blown rigid foams that are versatile and easy to use.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eproducts are available in 3lb., 4 lb., 5 lb., 8 lb., 10 lb.,15 lb. or 26 lb. per cubic foot densities. Parts A and B are measured and mixed in equal amounts by volume. The mixture is then poured into a mold or other form (apply release agent if necessary). The mixture will expand many times original volume (depending on which\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eproduct you are using) and develop a uniform cell structure.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eFOAM-IT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e15 is tack-free in about 4 - 6.5 minutes, developing handling strength in 20 minutes and full cure in 2 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eproducts can be used as a straight casting material, backfill material for hollow castings (adds structural strength) or as an encapsulation material, etc. They can be color pigmented with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSO-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUVO™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIGNITE™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecolorants and are used for a variety of art\/ craft, industrial design and special effects applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePREPARATION\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eStore and use at room temperature (73°F\/23°C). Use in a low humidity environment (below 50% RH). Mixing containers should have straight sides and a flat bottom. Mixing sticks should be flat and stiff with defined edges for scraping the sides and bottom of your mixing container. Good ventilation (room size) is essential. This product has a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAPPLYING A RELEASE AGENT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eUrethane foams are adhesive and will stick \/ bond to many surfaces. We recommend\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 2831\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eto release urethane foam from most surfaces. If the release application is particularly difficult (example; releasing urethane foam from urethane rubber), we recommend an application of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efollowed by an application of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 2831\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWARNING:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eDo not use\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eby itself, or any other silicone based release agents. This will collapse the foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eLiquid urethanes are moisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKnow the mix ratio for the FOAM-iT!™ product you are using.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAfter dispensing the correct amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emix thoroughly for 45 seconds.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eStir quickly making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times. Be careful not to splash low viscosity material out of the container.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRemember, foams cure quickly.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eDo not delay between mixing and pouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring \u0026amp; Curing -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eFor best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field and let the mixture seek its level. Allow space in the containment field for the foam to grow as it expands to its ultimate volume. Allow foam to cure for at least 20 minutes before handling (\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™ 10 SLOW\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- 1 hour). Cure time will be affected by mass and mold configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMass Concentration \/ Mold Configuration –\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePouring large amounts at a time in certain mold configurations (i.e. cylinder) could cause excess heat to be generated and result in splitting (fissures). Step pouring in layers may resolve this problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImproving Surface Finish \u0026amp; Minimizing Voids With Back Pressure -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eCapping the mold cavity opening with a board that has predrilled holes will improve surface finish for some foams. For more information, watch the video at\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.smooth-on.com\/backpressure\"\u003esmooth-on.com\/backpressure\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFully Cured\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eFoam can be sanded, machined, drilled, etc. (wear NIOSH approved respirator). Foam can also be primed and \/ or painted.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46712261869868,"sku":"117680","price":47.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/foam-it_15-combo-533x400.jpg?v=1729265326"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-smooth-cast-45d-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Smooth-Cast 45D","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ Semi-Rigid\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eline of low-cost semi-rigid urethane casting resins cure quickly to semi-rigid plastics that offer exceptional strength and impact resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNew Formulations – New Look!\u003cbr\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 45D\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis newly reformulated with a\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003etranslucent white\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eappearance and improved physical properties. All Smooth-Cast semi rigids are now mercury free and phthalate free. These plastics are easy-to-use (mix ratio is 1A:1B by volume) and have low viscosities for minimal bubble entrapment. Vibrant colors are possible by adding\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSO-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUVO™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIgnite™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecolorants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese semi-rigid plastics are good for making impact resistant prototypes, models, toys, props, climbing holds, etc. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F \/ 23°C). These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. All liquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture\u003c\/strong\u003e. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMixing should be done in a well-ventilated area. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- A release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor Mann’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, apply release and brush with a soft brush over all surfaces. Follow with a light mist coating and let the release agent dry for 30 minutes. Smooth-On silicone rubber molds usually do not require a release agent unless casting silicone into the mold. Applying a release agent will prolong the life of the mold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING...\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F \/ 23°C).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe components (Parts A and B) should be at room temperature (73°F \/ 23°C). Combine equal amounts of Parts A \u0026amp; B by volume in a mixing container. Make sure that you scrape the bottom and sides of your container several times. Do not delay between mixing and pouring. Also, the higher the mass concentration, the faster the material gels and cures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- For best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field and let the mixture seek its level. This will help minimize air entrapment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Best Results\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- Best results are obtained using a pressure casting technique. After pouring the mixed compound, the entire casting assembly (mold, dam structure, etc.) is placed in a pressure chamber and subjected to 60 PSI (4.2 kg\/cm2) air pressure for the full cure time of the material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring - Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eUse this product with at least room size ventilation or in proximity to a forced outlet air vent and do not inhale\/breath fumes. Fumes, which may be visible with a significant mass concentration, will quickly dissipate with adequate ventilation. Castings with significant mass may be hot to the touch and irritate skin immediately following cure. Let casting cool to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDemold time of the finished casting depends on mass and mold configuration. Low mass or thin-walled castings will take longer to cure than castings with higher mass concentration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf making rotational or hollow castings, backfilling with a rigid foam (\u003cstrong\u003eFoam-iT! 5\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor other) will provide lightweight reinforcement. Foam backfilling is recommended if castings will be subjected to temperatures above 85°F \/ 30°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerformance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Cured castings are semi-rigid and impact resistant. They resist moisture, mild heat, solvents (intermittent contact) and can be primed\/painted or bonded to other surfaces (any release agent must be removed) using Urebond or similar flexible adhesive. If machining material, wear breathing protection. Unpainted castings may discolor in proportion to duration and intensity of exposure to UV light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf suitability of any Smooth-On material is in question for your application, a small scale test is recommended before using for an important project.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 pt","offer_id":51108381819180,"sku":"117877","price":39.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Gallon","offer_id":51108381851948,"sku":"117878","price":225.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Gallon","offer_id":51108381884716,"sku":"117879","price":918.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-on-smooth-cast-45d.png?v=1747761627"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-smooth-cast-385-shore-85d","title":"Smooth-On Smooth-Cast 385 - 2 Pint","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 385\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis a mineral filled urethane casting resin that is very hard and durable. When Parts A and B are mixed in proper proportion (1A:5B by weight),\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 385\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecures at room temperature with virtually no shrinkage. This rigid urethane casting resin has high compressive and flexural strength. Fully cured castings are tough, machinable and paintable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColor effects are possible by adding pigment dispersions. They resist moisture and mild solvents.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 385\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis ideal for making industrial production parts, foundry patterns, vacuum forming molds, and some ceramic applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePreparation\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eStore and use at room temperature (73°F\/23°C). These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Environmental humidity should be as low as possible. Good room size ventilation is essential. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eA release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when spraying into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e) available from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eApply release agent to all surfaces that will contact the rubber. To ensure thorough coverage, lightly brush the release agent with a soft brush over all surfaces of the model. Follow with a light mist coating and let the release agent dry for 15 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eMixing\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePRE-MIX PART-B BEFORE YOU BEGIN.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAfter pre-mixing Part-B, dispense required amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container and mix thoroughly. Stir slowly and deliberately, making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times. If vacuum vegassing, Your vacuum pump must pull a minimum of 29 inches of mercury (or 1 Bar \/ 100 KPa). Leave enough room in container for material expansion. Vacuum material until it rises, breaks and falls. Vacuum for 1 minute after material falls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePouring\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eFor best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field and let the mixture seek its level. This will help minimize air entrapment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eCuring -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eUse this product with at least room size ventilation or in proximity to a forced outlet air vent and do not inhale\/breath fumes. Fumes, which may be visible with a significant mass concentration, will quickly dissipate with adequate ventilation. Castings with significant mass may be hot to the touch and irritate skin immediately following cure. Let casting cool to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDemold time of the finished casting depends on mass and mold configuration. Low mass or thin-walled castings will take longer to cure than castings with higher mass concentration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf making rotational or hollow castings, backfilling with a rigid foam (\u003cstrong\u003eFoam-iT! 5\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor other) will provide lightweight reinforcement. Foam backfilling is recommended if castings will be subjected to temperatures above 85°F \/ 30°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePost Curing\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAlthough not necessary, post curing will increase physical properties and material performance. If using SC 385 as a vacuum form mold, post curing is recommended. After curing at room temperature, expose material in the mold to 150°F\/65°C for 4 – 6 hours. Let cool to room temperature before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePerformance\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eCured castings of SC 385 are very hard and durable. They resist moisture, moderate heat, solvents, dilute acids and can be machined, primed\/ painted or bonded to other surfaces (any release agent must be removed). If machining castings, wear dust mask or other apparatus to prevent inhalation of residual particles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCastings can be displayed outdoors after priming and painting. Unpainted castings will darken after being exposed to UV light. Because no two applications are the same, a small test application to determine suitability is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46712300896556,"sku":"118364","price":63.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-cast-385.jpg?v=1778695836"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-epoxacast-103-slow-inbin-1-quart","title":"Smooth-On EpoxAmite 103 - Slow","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEpoxAmite™ 103\u003c\/strong\u003e is an easy-to-use liquid epoxy system formulated for a wide variety of fabrication applications. \u003cstrong\u003eEpoxAmite™ 103 includes the EpoxAmite™ 100 Base and the EpoxAmite™ 103 SLOW Hardener\u003c\/strong\u003e.  \u003cstrong\u003eEpoxAmite™ 103\u003c\/strong\u003e is unfilled, low in viscosity, odorless and cures at room temperature. Cured epoxy displays exceptional physical and performance properties. It can be sanded, shaped, machined, drilled, tapped and painted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEpoxAmite™ 103\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used with reinforcements such as S-Glass, E-Glass, Kevlar and Carbon fibers for lay-up applications or composite parts.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEpoxAmite™ 101\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecan also be mixed with fillers such as fumed silica for gel coat applications.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUrefil™ 3\u003c\/strong\u003e,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUrefil™ 7\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eand other fillers can be added for fairing, filleting or bonding applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications: \u003c\/strong\u003eWet Lay-Up Lamination, General Bonding \u0026amp; Repair, Clear Coating - Gel Coating, Barrier Coating, Thin-Section Casting, Water Proofing, Patching \u0026amp; Small Laminates \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlso available:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEpoxAmite™ 101 FAST SET\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEpoxAmite™ 102 MEDIUM SET\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes EpoxAmite™ 100 Base Resin and EpoxAmite™ 103 SLOW Hardener\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdvantages Include:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvenient Mix Ratios\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-to-Use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcellent Moisture Resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLow Viscosity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-blush Formula\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-to-Mix \u0026amp; Apply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExceptional Physical \u0026amp; Performance Properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePreparation\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e–\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAvoid breathing fumes - use in a well ventilated area at minimum. NIOSH approved respirator is recommended. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize skin contact. This material has a high exotherm (generates heat). Do not mix components in glass or foam containers. Mixing containers should have straight sides and a flat bottom. Mixing sticks should be flat and stiff with defined edges for scraping the sides and bottom of your mixing container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMaterials should be stored and used in a room temperature environment (73°F\/23°C) at 55% relative humidity or less. Elevated temperatures will reduce Pot Life. \u003cstrong\u003eEpoxAmite™ 100\u003c\/strong\u003e Resin and \u003cstrong\u003e101, 102, 103 Hardener\u003c\/strong\u003e must be properly measured and thoroughly mixed to achieve full, high-strength, solid-cure properties. For best results, using an accurate gram scale to weigh components is recommended. \u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e–\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eFor releasing epoxy from non-porous surfaces such as resin, metal, glass etc., use\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200 or 205\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) to prevent adhesion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eMeasuring \/ Dispensing\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e–\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAccurate ratio measurements by volume or weight are required for the material to cure properly and develop full physical properties. For best results, using an accurate gram scale to weigh components is recommended. Stir Part A and Part B thoroughly before dispensing. Refer to specified Mix Ratios in the “Handling Properties” section for proper measurements. Dispense Parts A and B proper proportions into clean plastic, metal or wax-free paper containers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eAdding Color\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEpoxAmite™ 100\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eEpoxy Laminating System can be colored with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUVO™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIGNITE™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecolorants. Pre-mix color with Part A thoroughly and then add Part B.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eMixing\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e–\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eBe sure mixing utensils are clean and free of any potential contaminants such as dirt, dust or grease. Mix Parts A and B thoroughly for at least 3 minutes with a square edged mixing stick. Be aggressive and scrape sides and bottom of mixing container several times. Use the square edge of mixing stick to bring material off of the sides of container and blend.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf using a drill mixer,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003efollow with hand mixing as directed above to ensure thorough mixing.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNOTE:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eIf mixture is to be used for coating, pour into a roller pan to extend Pot Life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eAdding Fillers\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eA variety of dry fillers can be added. Pre-mix dry filler with Part A before adding Part B.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eLowering Viscosity\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- Epic™ Epoxy Thinner\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eis a clear, water-like liquid that will lower the viscosity of some Smooth-On casting and laminating epoxies.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEpic™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis not a solvent and can be added in different proportions to improve flow-ability to make it easier to mix and pour or laminate.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEpic™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewill also aid in reducing bubble entrapment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eIncreasing Flexibility\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlexer™ Epoxy Flexibilizer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis a clear, low viscosity liquid additive that will lower the durometer (Shore hardness) of some Smooth-On casting and laminating epoxies. When added to the epoxy system in the proper proportion, the cured epoxy will be softer and, in some cases, can be made semi-rigid. See the\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlexer™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTechnical Bulletin for more information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eImportant\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMixed\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEpoxAmite™ 100 Resin\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewith\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEpoxAmite™ 101, 102, 103 Hardener\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eis exothermic, meaning it generates heat. A concentrated mass of mixed epoxy in a confined area such as a mixing container can generate enough heat to melt a plastic cup, burn skin or ignite combustible materials if left to stand for its full Pot Life. Do not use foam or glass mixing containers or pour sections thicker than 1\/8” (0.32 cm). If a batch of mixed epoxy begins to exotherm, move it to an open air environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eApplying\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e–\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eMixed\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEpoxAmite™ 100\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis initially a low viscosity liquid that can be poured up to 1\/8” (0.32 cm) thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eLaminating -\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecut the bristles of a chip brush 30% for better control. After epoxy is mixed, you must work quickly to apply multiple layers. Brush an initial gel coat of epoxy over surface. Apply reinforcement fabric evenly into gel coat. Using brush, gently use stippling motion to work fabric into epoxy. Ensure fabric ply is saturated. Plastic polyethylene spreaders may also be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlternate additional thin layers of epoxy and fabric using above application method. Add additional epoxy as needed to wet out subsequent layers. Repeat as necessary until desired thickness is attained. After final layer of fabric is applied, use lamination roller to evenly distribute epoxy and reduce air bubbles. Be mindful of your Thin Film Working Time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eCure Time -\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eRefer to specified Cure Times in Handling Properties at room temperature depending on mass. Cured material will be hard and unable to penetrate with a finger nail. Cured epoxy can now be dry sanded.\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eIf machining or sanding, wear NIOSH approved mask to prevent inhalation of particles.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eHeat Curing\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eThis product will cure at room temperature and does not require heat. Cure time can be reduced by applying mild heat. The higher the curing temperature is, the higher the resulting Heat Deflection Temperature. With a higher temperature cure, a service temperature of 138°F \/ 59°C can be attained. Allow epoxy to cure for 30 minutes and then cure for 1 hour at 200°F \/ 93°C. Allow casting to cool to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePainting\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e–\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eCured\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEpoxAmite™ 100\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eLaminating System can be painted and \/ or primed and then painted with acrylic enamel paints. Let paint fully dry before putting part into service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eRemoving Epoxy – Uncured \/ Non-curing epoxy -\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eScrape as much material as possible from the surface using a scraper. Clean the residue with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eE-POX-EE KLEENER™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On, lacquer thinner, acetone or alcohol. Follow safety warnings pertaining to solvents and provide adequate ventilation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"1\/2 lb","offer_id":50972046295340,"sku":"118307","price":26.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Quart","offer_id":50972046328108,"sku":"118363","price":89.49,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Gallon","offer_id":50972046360876,"sku":"123706","price":232.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/Smooth-OnEpoxAmite103Slow.png?v=1745354090"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-flex-foam-it-5-soft","title":"Smooth-On FlexFoam-iT! Series","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlexFoam-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeries foams are premium quality water blown flexible foams that can be used for a variety of industrial, special effects and art \u0026amp; crafts and projects. With several to choose from, uses include making theatrical props (swords, knives, hammers, etc.), industrial gaskets, custom padding and cushioning, and more.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSO-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUVO™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIGNITE™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecolorants can be added for color effects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePart A and B liquids are combined, mixed and poured into a mold or other form (apply release agent if necessary). Mixture will rise and cure quickly to a solid, flexible foam. Foams vary by density and offer good physical properties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePreparation\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eStore and use at room temperature (73°F\/23°C). Use in a low humidity environment (below 50% RH). Mixing containers should have straight sides and a flat bottom. Mixing sticks should be flat and stiff with defined edges for scraping the sides and bottom of your mixing container. Good ventilation (room size) is essential. This product has a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eApplying Release Agent\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eUrethane foams are adhesive and will stick \/ bond to many surfaces. We recommend\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 2831\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eto release urethane foam from most surfaces. If the release application is particularly difficult (example; releasing urethane foam from urethane rubber), we recommend an application of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efollowed by an application of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 2831\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWARNING:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eDo not use\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eby itself, or any other silicone based release agents. This will collapse the foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, lightly brush the release agent with a soft brush over all surfaces. Let the release agent dry for 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT® Dry Gas Blanket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePre-mix Parts A \u0026amp; B\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– Stir or shake both Part A \u0026amp; Part B thoroughly before dispensing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eMeasuring\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– Stop!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eKnow the mix ratio of the foam product you are using. Some are by weight and some are by volume. Dispense the correct amounts of Part A and Part B into a large mixing container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eFor Best Results\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Pre-Mix Part B after measuring out material\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e– although not necessary, pre-mixing Part B using a drill and mechanical mixer (such as a turbine mixer available from Smooth-On) after measuring out and before combining with Part A will yield best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eFor Best Results\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Use a Mechanical Mixer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– Mix for 30 seconds and pour into mold or form.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMixing by Hand\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– Stir quickly and deliberately for 30 seconds. Make sure that you aggressively scrape the sides and bottom of your mixing container several times. Pour into mold or form.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBe careful not to splash low-viscosity liquid out of container. Remember, these materials cure quickly. Do not delay between mixing and pouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePouring \u0026amp; Curing\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e- For best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field and let the mixture seek its level. Allow space in the containment field for the foam to grow as it expands to its ultimate volume. Allow foam to cure for at least 30 minutes before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eMass Concentration \/ Mold Configuration\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e–\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003ePouring large amounts at a time in certain mold configurations (i.e. cylinder) could cause excess heat to be generated and result in splitting (fissures). Step pouring in layers may resolve this problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eImproving Surface Finish \u0026amp; Minimizing Voids With Back Pressure\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eCapping the mold cavity opening with a board that has predrilled holes will improve surface finish for some foams. For more information, watch the video at\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.smooth-on.com\/backpressure\"\u003esmooth-on.com\/backpressure\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Your Foam Collapsing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- This is a common phenomenon associated with cold temperatures, inadequate mixing or both.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnvironment or material too cold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eWarm it up.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInadequate mixing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eYou must thoroughly pre-mix both parts A and B. After combining A and B, mix thoroughly. If using a mechanical mixer, mix for 30 seconds. When hand mixing, mix quickly and aggressively, almost whipping the material.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"III \/ 2 Pint","offer_id":53226024960300,"sku":"121210","price":54.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"III \/ 1.25 Pint","offer_id":52870819709228,"sku":"115643","price":58.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"III \/ 3 Gallon","offer_id":52870819676460,"sku":"115644","price":290.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"IV Tuff Stuff \/ 2 Pint","offer_id":52870819807532,"sku":"123580","price":35.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"IV Tuff Stuff \/ 2 Gallon","offer_id":52870819774764,"sku":"123993","price":197.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"V \/ 2 Pint","offer_id":52870819610924,"sku":"119140","price":33.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"V \/ 10 Gallon","offer_id":52870819643692,"sku":"125984","price":843.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 Pillow Soft \/ 2 Pint","offer_id":52870819873068,"sku":"119142","price":28.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 Pillow Soft \/ 2 Gallon","offer_id":52870819840300,"sku":"123516","price":204.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"VIII Pillow Soft \/ 2 Pint","offer_id":52870819905836,"sku":"119141","price":62.49,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"X \/ 2 Pint","offer_id":52870819971372,"sku":"119139","price":39.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"X \/ 2 Gallon","offer_id":52870819938604,"sku":"126052","price":199.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"14lb \/ 2 Pint","offer_id":52870820069676,"sku":"119143","price":33.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"14lb \/ 3 Gallon","offer_id":52870820036908,"sku":"02122024","price":271.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15 Tuff Stuff SLOW \/ 1.25 Quart","offer_id":52870820135212,"sku":"124167","price":61.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15 Tuff Stuff SLOW \/ 3 Gallon","offer_id":52870820102444,"sku":"042720231","price":259.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"17 \/ 1.25 Quart","offer_id":52870820167980,"sku":"119144","price":58.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 \/ 1.25 Quart","offer_id":52870820233516,"sku":"115562","price":53.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 \/ 3 Gallon","offer_id":52870820200748,"sku":"115563","price":331.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-on-flex-it.png?v=1779215566"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-reoflex-30","title":"Smooth-On ReoFlex","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReoFlex™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eurethane rubbers offer superior physical and performance properties for production casting of wax, plasters, and resins.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eReoFlex™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eurethanes are available in 20A, 30A, 40A, 50A and 60A Shore hardnesses and feature convenient one-to-one by volume mix ratios. Vacuum degassing is not necessary and\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReoFlex™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003erubbers cure with negligible shrinkage to a durable rubber that will last in production.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReoFlex™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e“Wet” rubbers will shrink somewhat over time vs. “Dry” formulations.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReoFlex™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003emold rubbers are used for a variety of applications including making molds to reproduce sculpture and architectural elements, as well as for making special effects, toys and prototypes. Vibrant colors can be achieved by adding\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSo-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eColor Tints, available from Smooth-On.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCasting Concrete?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eLook into the\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVytaFlex™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eseries of urethane mold rubbers.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVytaFlex™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eurethanes were formulated specifically for casting concrete \/ pigmented concrete and feature Smooth-On’s exclusive ‘V-Polymer™’ technology.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOR COMMERCIAL\/INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePreparation\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eStore and use at room temperature (73°F\/23°C). Environmental humidity should be as low as possible. Good ventilation (room size) is necessary. This product has a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eSome Materials Must Be Sealed\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eTo prevent adhesion between the rubber and model surface, models made of porous materials (gypsum plasters, concrete, wood, stone, etc.) must be sealed prior to applying a release agent.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuperSeal™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne Step™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) is a fast drying sealer suitable for sealing porous surfaces without interfering with surface detail.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSonite™ Wax\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor shellac is suitable for rough contours. A high quality shellac is suitable for sealing modeling clays that contain sulfur or moisture (water based). Thermoplastics (polystyrene) must also be sealed with shellac or PVA. In all cases, the sealing agent should be applied and allowed to completely dry prior to applying a release agent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eNon-Porous Surfaces\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eMetal, glass, hard plastics, sulfur free clays, etc. require only a release agent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eA release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, lightly brush the release agent with a soft brush over all surfaces of the model. Follow with a light mist coating and let the release agent dry for 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING -\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eLiquid urethanes are moisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003ePre Mix the Part B before using. After dispensing equal amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container, mix thoroughly for at least 3 minutes making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf Mixing Large Quantities\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e(16 lbs.\/7 kgs. or more) at one time, use a mechanical mixer (i.e. Squirrel Mixer or equal) for 3 minutes followed by careful hand mixing for one minute as directed above. Then, pour entire quantity into a new, clean mixing container and do it all over again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlthough this product is formulated to minimize air bubbles in your the cured rubber, vacuum degassing prior to pouring rubber will further reduce entrapped air.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor best results,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003epour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field. Let the rubber seek its level up and over the model.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA uniform flow will help minimize entrapped air.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eThe liquid rubber should level off at least 1\/2” (1.3 cm) over the highest point of the model surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eCuring\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAllow rubber to cure overnight (at least 16 hours) at room temperature (73°F\/23°C) before demolding. Cure time can be reduced with mild heat or by adding Smooth-On\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKick-It™ Cure Accelerator\u003c\/strong\u003e. Do not cure rubber where temperature is less than 65°F\/18°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePost Curing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eOptional: Following an overnight cure, heating the rubber to 150°F (65°C) for 4 to 8 hours will increase physical properties and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eUsing The Mold\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eIf using as a mold material, a release agent should be applied to the mold before each casting. The type of release agent to use depends on the material being cast. The proper release agent for wax, liquid rubber or thermosetting materials (i.e. SmoothOn liquid plastics) is a spray release made specifically for mold making (available from Smooth-On or your distributor. Prior to casting gypsum plaster materials, sponge the mold with a soap solution for better plaster flow and easy release.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePerformance \u0026amp; Storage\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eFully cured rubber is tough, durable and will perform if properly used and stored. The physical life of the rubber depends on how you use it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"20A \/ 1 Gallon","offer_id":52870759678252,"sku":"118278","price":150.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30A \/ 2 Pint","offer_id":52870759645484,"sku":"118873","price":32.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"40A \/ 2 Pint","offer_id":52870759711020,"sku":"116169","price":40.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"40A \/ 2 Gallon","offer_id":52870759743788,"sku":"115957","price":150.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/reoflex.png?v=1781218399"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-simpact-85a","title":"Smooth-On Simpact 85A - 2 Pint","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSimpact™ 85A\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eurethane is a low odor, fast-setting urethane elastomer which offers very high tear strength, impact resistance and wear resistance.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSimpact™ urethanes are phthalate free, mercury free and MOCA free.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSimpact™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eurethanes pour easily.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWorking time is 4 minutes, handling time is 2 hours and full cure time is 48 hours at room temperature.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCured rubber has exceptional performance characteristics and dimensional stability.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSimpact™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eurethanes can be colored with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSO-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUVO™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIgnite™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecolorants.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSimpact™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eurethanes are suitable for making impact resistant props, prototypes and display pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis material may congeal if exposed to cold temperatures. To reconstitute, Part A \u0026amp; B must be heated to 90°F (33°C) then thoroughly mixed to an even consistency.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. This material should be stored and used at room temperature (73°F\/23°C). This material is moisture sensitive, so relative humidity should be below 50%. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Room size ventilation is necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eA release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor Mann’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, apply release and brush with a soft brush over all surfaces. Follow with a light mist coating and let the release agent dry for 30 minutes. Smooth-On silicone rubber molds usually do not require a release agent unless casting silicone into the mold. Applying a release agent will prolong the life of the mold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eSelecting A Mold Rubber\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003ePour into a urethane rubber mold (release agent required) or a silicone rubber mold. To prevent cure inhibition, post-cure newly made tin silicone molds for 8 hours at 60°C\/150°F and let cool prior to casting. If you are unsure about surface compatibility, a trial casting should be made.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING...\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand will absorb atmospheric moisture resulting in bubbles in the cured rubber. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal or plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf life of product is drastically reduced after opening.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImmediately replacing the lids on the containers after dispensing product will prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT® Dry Gas Blanket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products. IMPORTANT: Pre Mix the Part B before using every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eHand Mixing\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAfter weighing and dispensing the required amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container, mix thoroughly for at least 60 seconds making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times. Pour entire quantity into a new, clean mixing container and mix again as directed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eMechanical Mixing\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003edrill mix using a Turbine mixer or equal for 30 seconds followed by careful hand mixing for 30 seconds as directed above. Then, pour entire quantity into a new, clean mixing container and repeat mixing procedure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eBe Aware\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003ematerial pot life is 4 minutes at 73°F\/23°C. Pot life at elevated temperatures will be less. Do not delay between mixing and pouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlthough this product is formulated to minimize air bubbles when cured, vacuum degassing will further reduce entrapped air. A pressure casting technique using a pressure chamber can yield totally bubble free castings. Contact Smooth-On or your distributor for information about vacuum degassing or pressure casting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePouring\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eFor best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field. Let the rubber seek its level.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA uniform flow will help minimize entrapped air\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eCuring\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAllow casting to cure for at least 2 hours at room temperature (73°F\/23°C) before demolding. Do not cure rubber in temperatures less than 65°F\/18°C. This material will reach full cure in 48 hours at 73°F\/23°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eHeat Curing\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAllow casting to cure for 24 hours at room temperature (73°F\/23°C). Heat cure casting at 140°F\/60°C for 6 hours. Allow casting to cool to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePerformance \u0026amp; Storage\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eFully cured rubber is tough, durable and will perform if properly used and stored. The physical life of the rubber depends on how you use it. Contact Smooth-On directly with questions about this material relative to your application.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46712355520812,"sku":"119038","price":39.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/simpact-85a-combo-533x400.jpg?v=1728666336"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-foam-it-5-lb-hard-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On FOAM-iT! 5 Lb Hard- 2 Pint Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003eSmooth-On’s\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eSeries are two-component water blown rigid foams that are versatile and easy to use.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eproducts are available in 3lb., 4 lb., 5 lb., 8 lb., 10 lb.,15 lb. or 26 lb. per cubic foot densities. Parts A and B are measured and mixed in equal amounts by volume. The mixture is then poured into a mold or other form (apply release agent if necessary). The mixture will expand many times original volume (depending on which\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eproduct you are using) and develop a uniform cell structure.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-IT!™ 5\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis tack-free in about 4 - 6.5 minutes, developing handling strength in 20 minutes and full cure in 2 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eproducts can be used as a straight casting material, backfill material for hollow castings (adds structural strength) or as an encapsulation material, etc. They can be color pigmented with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSO-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUVO™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIGNITE™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecolorants and are used for a variety of art\/ craft, industrial design and special effects applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePREPARATION\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eStore and use at room temperature (73°F\/23°C). Use in a low humidity environment (below 50% RH). Mixing containers should have straight sides and a flat bottom. Mixing sticks should be flat and stiff with defined edges for scraping the sides and bottom of your mixing container. Good ventilation (room size) is essential. This product has a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAPPLYING A RELEASE AGENT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eUrethane foams are adhesive and will stick \/ bond to many surfaces. We recommend\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 2831\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eto release urethane foam from most surfaces. If the release application is particularly difficult (example; releasing urethane foam from urethane rubber), we recommend an application of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efollowed by an application of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 2831\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWARNING:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eDo not use Universal Mold Release by itself, or any other silicone based release agents. This will collapse the foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eLiquid urethanes are moisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKnow the mix ratio for the FOAM-iT!™ product you are usin\u003c\/strong\u003eg. After dispensing the correct amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emix thoroughly for 45 seconds.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eStir quickly making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times. Be careful not to splash low viscosity material out of the container.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRemember, foams cure quickly.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eDo not delay between mixing and pouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring \u0026amp; Curing -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eFor best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field and let the mixture seek its level. Allow space in the containment field for the foam to grow as it expands to its ultimate volume. Allow foam to cure for at least 20 minutes before handling (FOAM-iT!™ 10 SLOW - 1 hour). Cure time will be affected by mass and mold configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMass Concentration \/ Mold Configuration –\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePouring large amounts at a time in certain mold configurations (i.e. cylinder) could cause excess heat to be generated and result in splitting (fissures). Step pouring in layers may resolve this problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImproving Surface Finish \u0026amp; Minimizing Voids With Back Pressure -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eCapping the mold cavity opening with a board that has predrilled holes will improve surface finish for some foams. For more information, watch the video at\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.smooth-on.com\/backpressure\"\u003esmooth-on.com\/backpressure\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFully Cured\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eFoam can be sanded, machined, drilled, etc. (wear NIOSH approved respirator). Foam can also be primed and \/ or painted.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46712360141100,"sku":"119138","price":33.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/foam-it_-5-combo-533x400_576ebcb4-d4fa-4ad6-9d5b-22d0db07cbe4.jpg?v=1728604436"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-smooth-cast-300q-2-pint-kit","title":"Smooth-On Smooth-Cast 300Q","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 300Q\u003c\/strong\u003e liquid plastic is a quick setting, ultra-low viscosity casting resin that yield castings that are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ebright white and virtually bubble free\u003c\/strong\u003e. Vacuum degassing is not necessary. It offer the convenience of a 1A:1B by volume or 100A:90B by weight mix ratio. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis resin readily accept fillers (such as\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eURE-FIL™ 3\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efrom Smooth-On) and can be colored with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSO-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIgnite™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecolor tints (\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 325\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eseries accepts pigments better than the\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth Cast™ 300\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eseries). Fully cured castings are tough, durable, machinable and paintable. It resists moisture and mild solvents. Applications for\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 300Q\u003c\/strong\u003e Liquid Plastics include reproducing small to medium size sculptures, casting into alginate molds, making prototype models, special effect props and decorative jewelry. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThose interested in making roto cast pieces should refer to the\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 65D\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003etechnical bulletin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30 Second Pot Life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- can be poured in alginate molds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to measure and mix\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- 1:1 mix ratio by volume - no scale required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow viscosity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- captures excellent detail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResin cures to a\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ebright white\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efinish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73° F \/ 23° C). These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. All liquid urethanes are\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emoisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture\u003c\/strong\u003e. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Mixing should be done in a well-ventilated area. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- A release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent made specifically for mold making (\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eor Mann’s\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On or your Smooth-On distributor). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, apply release and brush with a soft brush over all surfaces. Follow with a light mist coating and let the release agent dry for 30 minutes. Smooth-On silicone rubber molds usually do not require a release agent unless casting silicone into the mold. Applying a release agent will prolong the life of the mold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING\u003c\/strong\u003e... Liquid urethanes are\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003emoisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStir or shake both Part A \u0026amp; Part B thoroughly before dispensing\u003c\/strong\u003e. After dispensing equal amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container (100A:90B by weight) and mix\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ethoroughly\u003c\/strong\u003e. Stir deliberately making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times. Be careful not to splash low viscosity material out of the container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePOURING, CURING \u0026amp; PERFORMANCE\u003c\/strong\u003e...\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field and let the mixture seek its level. This will help minimize air entrapment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Best Results\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- Best results are obtained using a pressure casting technique. After pouring the mixed compound, the entire casting assembly (mold, dam structure, etc.) is placed in a pressure chamber and subjected to 60 PSI (4.2 kg\/cm2) air pressure for the full cure time of the material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring - Warning:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eFumes, which may be visible as this product starts to “gel” and cure, will dissipate with adequate ventilation. Only use this product with room size ventilation and do not inhale\/breathe fumes. Castings will be extremely hot immediately following cure and may burn the skin. Let cool to room temperature before handling.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 300\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewill cure in 7 - 10 minutes (\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 305\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ein 30 – 40 minutes and\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Cast™ 310\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003ein 2 - 4 hours) depending on mass and mold configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePost Cure\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Castings will reach “full cure” faster and achieve maximum physical properties if post cured. Allow material to cure for recommended Cure Time at room temperature followed by 4 - 6 hours at 150°F\/65°C. Allow casting to come to room temperature before handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerformance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Cured castings are rigid and durable. They resist moisture, moderate heat, solvents, dilute acids and can be machined, primed\/ painted or bonded to other surfaces (any release agent must be removed). If machining cured material, wear dust mask or other apparatus to prevent inhalation of residual particles. Castings can be displayed outdoors after priming and painting. Unpainted castings will yellow over time - more quickly when exposed to ultra-violet light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"2 Pint","offer_id":53207994794284,"sku":"119447","price":41.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Gallon","offer_id":53207994827052,"sku":"119012","price":193.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-cast-300q.jpg?v=1778625768"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-tarbender-uv-cast-coat","title":"Smooth-On Tarbender Kit","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarbender\u003c\/strong\u003e™ is a clear liquid epoxy that can be poured or brushed over a variety of surfaces to provide a strong, high gloss coating. Parts A and B mix together and flow easily.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarbender™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eepoxy cures at room temperature and offers high impact resistance.  It can be applied over wood, plaster, concrete, foam, fabrics, paper, etc. can be used to encapsulate 2-D or 3-D objects. \u003cstrong\u003eTarbender™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis certified “aquarium safe” and used by aquariums to create hyperrealistic coral and other aquarium displays.  It is also used by zoos around the world as a coating for themed elements and displays. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUV resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptically clear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2A:1B by volume mix ratio - no scale needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct and Work Area Preparation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e–\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarbender™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003econtainers should be stored and used at room temperature (73° F\/23° C). Wear long sleeve garments, disposable gloves and safety glasses. Mixing containers should have straight sides and a flat bottom. Mixing sticks should be flat and stiff with defined edges for scraping the sides and bottom of your mixing container. Have all materials and tools on site before you begin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMixing containers should be made of plastic, metal or wax coated paper. Due to very high temperature potential (exotherm) of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarbender™\u003c\/strong\u003e, do not use glass or foam containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVentilation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e– Use only in a well ventilated area and avoid breathing fumes. Wearing a NIOSH approved respirator is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eMixing\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e– Mix using a flat edge mixing stick for 2 minutes. Scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container with the edge several times. Pour contents into a new, clean mixing container and mix again for 2 minutes. If using a drill mixer, use a variable speed mixer set to low rpm and mix for 2 minutes. Creating a vortex will introduce air. Follow with hand mixing for 2 minutes. A large mass concentration of epoxy will reduce pot life and may become too hot to handle. If concentrated mass of epoxy begins to get very hot, move outside to open air. To extend working time, reduce mass by pouring mixture into a flat baking pan and pour onto bar top from there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePre-Mixing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e– Stir or shake Part A and Part B thoroughly before dispensing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e– Accurately measure 2A:1B by volume into a plastic, metal or wax-free mixing container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring Tarbender™ To Coat Flat Surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsage Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– Most bar tops, tabletops and other flat surfaces require 2 – 3 layers of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarbender™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewith a 4-hour cure time in between layers. You can apply as many ¼” (6.4mm) layers as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEstimating Coverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e–\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow Much Will You Need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eyou can correlate the square inch (cm) area of your surface with the yield of mixed\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarbender™\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable cellspacing=\"0\" cellpadding=\"6\" border=\"1\" align=\"center\"\u003e\n\u003ccaption\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTarbender\u003c\/strong\u003e™\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eCoverage Rates\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/caption\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eAmount\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePoured at 1\/16”(1.6mm)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePoured at 1\/8” (3.2mm)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePoured at 1\/4” (6.4mm)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 oz. \/ 28.3 grams\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.4 in² \/ 164 cm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.7 in² \/ 82 cm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.4 in² \/ 41 cm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrial Unit (2.83 lbs. \/1.28 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 ft² \/ 0.74 m²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 ft² \/ 0.37 m²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 ft² \/ 0.19 m²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGallon Unit (11.2 lbs. \/5.08 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 ft² \/ 2.97 m²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 ft² \/ 1.48 m²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 ft² \/ 0.74 m²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 Gallon Unit (56.5 lbs. \/ 25.62 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 ft² \/ 15 m²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 ft² \/ 7.5 m²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 ft² \/ 3.75 m²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurface Preparation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– Surface to be coated with liquid epoxy should be level in all directions. Surface must be free of dust, oils or other contaminants.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarbender™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eshould not be used on surfaces coated with oil-based stain, as it will delaminate. Water based stains are compatible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSealing Porous Surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– unfinished wood surfaces, stone, marble, concrete, etc. should be sealed with a thin layer of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarbender™\u003c\/strong\u003e. See “\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring and Spreading Tarbender™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e” section below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eDo Not Vacuum\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– Subjecting mixture to vacuum will introduce air.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring Tarbender™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- After mixing, pour a thin stream along the entire length of the surface. Do not exceed 1\/16” (1.6 mm) for this layer. Your goal is to obtain an even coating. Let\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarbender™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecure for 4 hours before applying another layer. Note; do not exceed ¼” (6.4 mm) thickness per pour. If greater thicknesses are desired, pour in layers of ¼” (6.4 mm) with 4 hours minimum between layers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor coating bar tops, a minimum thickness of 1\/8” (3.2 mm) or two layers is recommended.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-Porous Surfaces do not require a sealing coat. Mix and pour\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarbender™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eas directed to ¼” (6.4 mm) thickness. Look for bubbles and lightly pass propane torch over surface to dissipate. Let cure for 4 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDissipating Bubbles from Surface Using a Propane Torch\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- After\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarbender™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis poured, pass a propane torch (available at any hardware or DIY store) back and forth lightly over surface to dissipate bubbles. Be careful when handling the torch and do not get closer to the surface than 3” (7.62 cm). If pouring multiple layers, use a propane torch to dissipate bubbles after pouring each layer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eIf Encapsulating 3-D Objects\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e– Apply a 1\/16” (1.6 mm) coating to bar top as directed above. Dissipate bubbles with torch. Let cure for 4 hours. Place objects on top of cured layer. Mix a small amount of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarbender™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand pour directly over and around objects to break surface tension.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf Encapsulating Paper, Cardboard, etc.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– Laminate paper before encapsulating. You can also seal surface with white glue (such as Elmer’s Glue) mixed 4 parts glue to 1 part water). Allow to dry for 16 hours before encapsulating in\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarbender™\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrushing Tarbender™ Onto Surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApply In Thin Layers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- two thin layers of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarbender™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eare recommended for a smooth, uniform coating. Using chip brush, apply 1st thin layer to surface and let epoxy partially cure until “tacky hard”. Apply 2nd thin layer. Allow both layers to fully cure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdding Color\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– You can add\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUVO™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIGNITE™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecolorants or\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCast Magic™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eEffects Fillers. Pre-mix color or filler into\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarbender™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePart A thoroughly and then add Part B.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdding New to Old\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- If too much time passes (72 hours or more) between applying layers of\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTarbender™\u003c\/strong\u003e, delaminating may occur if you try to add more. For Best Results; lightly sand cured epoxy surface with 220 grit sand paper and wipe clean with denatured alcohol before mixing and applying new\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarbender™\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReleasing Tarbender™ From Surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– if you do not want\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarbender™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eto adhere to a surface, apply two coats of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSonite\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eWax\u003c\/strong\u003e. Allow wax to dry 1 hour and buff before pouring epoxy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClean Up\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– 90% Isopropyl Alcohol will remove uncured Tarbender™ from most surfaces. It can also be used to clean the surface of cured\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarbender™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eepoxy. Alcohol is flammable. Follow all safety precautions for handling flammable liquids and provide adequate ventilation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerformance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– Unpainted\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarbender™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewill yellow after being exposed to outdoor UV light or excessive heat above 115°F\/46°C for extended periods.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarbender™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecan be displayed outdoors after priming and painting with an aliphatic urethane clear coat (such as Axalta Imron 3.5 Plus High Gloss Polyurethane Topcoat\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.axalta.com\/\"\u003ewww.axalta.com\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"1.5 qt","offer_id":50972783903020,"sku":"119733","price":82.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1.5 Gallon","offer_id":50972783935788,"sku":"119734","price":236.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Gallon","offer_id":50972783968556,"sku":"120293","price":942.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/Smooth-OnTarbenderKit.png?v=1745363681"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-epoxacast-670-ht","title":"Smooth-On EpoxAcast 670 HT Kit - 1 Quart","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEpoxAcast™ 670 HT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis an easy-to-use epoxy casting compound that offers high heat resistance up to\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e350°F\/177°C\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(post cure required).\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEpoxAcast™ 670 HT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis ideal for making vacuum forming and thermoforming molds, creating foundry patterns, forming dies \u0026amp; fixtures, hard rollers, industrial parts and high impact tools.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEpoxAcast™ 670 HT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis also suitable for encapsulation applications or for use as a high temperature epoxy for bonding a variety of surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEpoxAcast\u003c\/strong\u003e™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e670 HT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efeatures a relatively low viscosity that ensures minimal bubble entrapment.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEpoxAcast™ 670 HT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ealso offers an extra long working time of 3 hours. Castings cure with negligible shrinkage and are very hard, very strong and heat resistant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstructions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePreparation\u003c\/em\u003e–\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAvoid breathing fumes - use in a well ventilated area at minimum. NIOSH approved respirator is recommended. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize skin contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterials should be stored and used in a room temperature environment (73°F\/23°C). Elevated temperatures will reduce pot life.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEpoxAcast™ 670 HT\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eResin and Hardener must be properly measured and thoroughly mixed to achieve full, highstrength, solid-cure properties. Mixing containers should have straight sides and a flat bottom. Mixing sticks should be flat and stiff with defined edges for scraping the sides and bottom of your mixing container.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eApplying a Release Agent\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e–\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eFor releasing epoxy from nonporous surfaces such as resin, metal, glass etc., use\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200 or 205\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) to prevent adhesion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIMPORTANT: To ensure thorough coverage, lightly brush the release agent with a soft brush over all surfaces of the mold or model. Follow with a light mist coating and let the release agent dry for 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePre-mix Part A Thoroughly\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSeparation may have occurred in transit or storage. Pre-mix for 2 minutes prior to dispensing to a uniform consistency using a straight edge paddle (paint stirrer) or turbo mixer (drill attachment).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eMeasuring \/ Dispensing\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e–\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eStir Part B thoroughly before dispensing. Accurate measurement by weight is required for the material to cure properly and develop full physical properties. Dispense Parts A and B in proper proportions into clean plastic, metal or wax-free paper containers.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eYou must use an accurate digital gram scale to weigh Parts A and B properly. Do not use an analog scale or attempt to measure components by volume.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eAdding Color \u0026amp; Fillers\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEpoxAcast™ 670 HT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecan be colored with\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eUVO™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eIGNITE™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecolorants (from Smooth-On). Pre-mix colorant with Part A thoroughly and then add Part B. A variety of dry fillers can also be added. Pre-mix dry filler with Part A before adding Part B.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eMixing\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e–\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eBe sure mixing utensils are clean and free of any potential contaminants such as dirt, dust or grease. Mix Parts A and B thoroughly for at least 3 minutes with a square edged mixing stick. Be aggressive and scrape sides and bottom of mixing container several times. Use the square edge of mixing stick to bring material off of the sides of container and blend.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf using a drill mixer,\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efollow with hand mixing as directed above to ensure thorough mixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eVacuuming\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEpoxAcast™ 670 HT\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eis low in viscosity compared to other epoxy casting systems and does not require vacuum degassing. If you choose to vacuum the material, subject mixture to 29 h.i.g. mercury in a vacuum chamber until mixture rises, breaks and falls. Allow for 5 times volume expansion in mixing container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eLowering Viscosity\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEpic™ Epoxy Thinner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis a clear, water-like liquid that will lower the viscosity of some Smooth-On casting and laminating epoxies.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEpic™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis not a solvent and can be added in different proportions to improve flow-ability to make it easier to mix and pour or laminate.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEpic™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewill also aid in reducing bubble entrapment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePouring\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e–\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eIf casting\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEpoxAcast™ 670 HT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003einto a rubber mold, pour mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the mold. Let the mixture seek its own level. A uniform flow will help minimize entrapped air.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf making vacuum forming molds, it is best to use piano wire (15\/1000 inch gauge) to make vacuum holes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCure Time -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eRefer to specified Cure Times in Handling Properties section. Cured material will be hard and unable to penetrate with a finger nail. Cured epoxy can now be dry sanded.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf machining or sanding, wear NIOSH approved mask to prevent inhalation of particles.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePot life and cure time values are dependent on mass and mold configuration, as epoxies are mass-sensitive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eHeat Curing\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eFor best results,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEpoxAcast™ 670 HT\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eshould be heat cured in a dedicated industrial oven. Cure at 175° F \/ 80° C for two hours, followed by three hours at 300° F \/ 150° C. Allow material to cool to room temperature before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePainting\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e–\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eCured\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEpoxAcast™ 670 HT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecan be painted or primed and then painted with acrylic enamel paints. Let paint fully dry before putting part into service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eRemoving Epoxy – Uncured \/ Non-curing epoxy -\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eScrape as much material as possible from the surface using a scraper. Clean the residue with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eE-POX-EE KLEENER™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On, lacquer thinner, acetone or alcohol. Follow safety warnings pertaining to solvents and provide adequate ventilation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46712394318124,"sku":"119802","price":113.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/epoxacast-670-ht-combo-533x400new.jpg?v=1726005506"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-habitat-cast-ftn-coat","title":"Smooth-On Habitat Cast N Coat - 1 Gallon","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHabitat Cast N Coat™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e is a filled, two component (A+B) liquid epoxy that can be cast solid or thickened for brushing on \/ troweling on to vertical surfaces. Material cures to a rock-hard solid with negligible shrinkage.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMix ratio is 1A:1B by volume. Working time is 85 minutes and material cures overnight (at room temperature). \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUVO™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e or \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIgnite™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e colorants can be added to liquid \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCast N Coat™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e during mixing to create a variety of color effects. Cured epoxy can be sanded and painted with acrylic paints.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlame Proof Certificate:\u003c\/strong\u003e https:\/\/www.smooth-on.com\/tb\/files\/HABITAT_CAST_N_COAT_FLAME_TEST_REPORT.pdf\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHabitat Cast N Coat™ certifies to the highest flame rating available (ASTM E84, Class A)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, making this material ideal for public space fabrication applications. Also, it does not contain VOC’s, phthalates or crystalline silica (a known carcinogen) and is safe for making elements used in proximity to animals\/reptiles and aquatic life.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEpoxy bonds permanently to itself or a variety of surfaces and can be applied as a fire rated protective\/decorative coating to EPS or rigid foam, wallboard, plaster, wood, PVC and more. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHabitat Cast N Coat™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e is also an excellent repair cement and bonds permanently to itself, PVC, Plexiglas™ (acrylic), wood, many metals, plastics and foams.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– Use in a well-ventilated area (“room size” ventilation). Generally, if you use any epoxy system on a regular basis, wearing a NIOSH approved respirator is advised. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize skin contact. Wear nitrile or vinyl gloves only.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePreparation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– Materials should be stored and used at room temperature (73°F\/23°C). This product has a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Mixing should be done in a well-ventilated area. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– For releasing epoxy from nonporous surfaces such as resin, metal, glass etc., use\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 200 or 205\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) to prevent adhesion.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePre-Mixing Material\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e– The fillers in this epoxy system will settle in the container over time. Before using, fillers need to be reconstituted by pre-mixing Part A thoroughly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Dispense equal amounts of Part A and Part B.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMixing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– Be sure mixing utensils are clean and free of any potential contaminants such as dirt, dust or grease. Mix Parts A and B thoroughly for at least 3 minutes with a square edged mixing stick. Be aggressive and scrape sides and bottom of mixing container several times. Use the square edge of mixing stick to bring material off of the sides of container and blend.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eIf using a drill mixer\u003c\/strong\u003e, mix at low RPM and follow with hand mixing as directed above to ensure thorough mixing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant - Do not vacuum material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– If casting\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHabitat Cast N Coat™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003einto a rubber mold, pour mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the mold. Let the mixture seek its level. A uniform flow will help minimize entrapped air. Recommended casting thickness maximum 4 in. \/ 10 cm.. Castings that are ¼ in. thickness or less will cure more slowly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThickening Cast N Coat™ Using Folding Powder™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Increase viscosity for vertical surface application by adding folding powder. For a trowelable consistency (for coating EPS foam, for example), start by adding 1 Part A, 1 Part B and 2 Parts\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFolding Powder™\u003c\/strong\u003e. Using a Turbine Mixer, Mix A + B thoroughly and slowly sift in\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFolding Powder™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewhile still mechanically mixing. Apply to vertical surface using a disposable chip brush or trowel. Material sticks to itself, so adding layers is possible at any time. Material can be smoothed by applying alcohol or water to gloved finger tips and applying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuring and Heat Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e–\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHabitat Cast N Coat™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewill cure in 16 hours at room temperature. Elevated heat will cure epoxy faster. At an ambient temperature of 150°F\/60°C, the material will cure in as little as 30 minutes. A heat gun may also be used, as long as the surface temperature of the Habitat does not exceed 212°F\/100°C. Putty cured at room temperature with a minimum thickness of ½” (1.27 cm) will resist temperatures up to 131°F\/55°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMachining\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– Cured castings are rigid and durable. They resist moisture, moderate heat, solvents, dilute acids and can be machined, primed\/painted or bonded to other surfaces (any release agent must be removed). If machining cured\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHabitat Cast N Coat™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eepoxy, wear dust mask or other apparatus to prevent inhalation of residual particles.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePainting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– For outdoor display, cured\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHabitat Cast N Coat™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecan be primed and then painted with acrylic enamel paints. Let paint fully dry before putting part into service.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRemoving Uncured Habitat Cast N Coat™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e- Remove as much uncured material from the surface as possible. Clean any residue with soap and water.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptional\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse E-POX-EE KLEENER™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eavailable from Smooth-On.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46712521392428,"sku":"121744","price":237.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/habitat-cast-n-coat-combo-533x400.jpg?v=1726007847"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-foam-it-5-lb-hard-2-gallon-kit","title":"Smooth-On FOAM-iT! 5 - 2 Gallon","description":"\u003cp\u003eSmooth-On’s\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eSeries are two-component water blown rigid foams that are versatile and easy to use.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eproducts are available in 3lb., 4 lb., 5 lb., 8 lb., 10 lb.,15 lb. or 26 lb. per cubic foot densities. Parts A and B are measured and mixed in equal amounts by volume. The mixture is then poured into a mold or other form (apply release agent if necessary). The mixture will expand many times original volume (depending on which\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eproduct you are using) and develop a uniform cell structure.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-IT!™ 5\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis tack-free in about 4 - 6.5 minutes, developing handling strength in 20 minutes and full cure in 2 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eproducts can be used as a straight casting material, backfill material for hollow castings (adds structural strength) or as an encapsulation material, etc. They can be color pigmented with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSO-Strong™\u003c\/strong\u003e,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUVO™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIGNITE™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ecolorants and are used for a variety of art\/ craft, industrial design and special effects applications.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eInstructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePREPARATION\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eStore and use at room temperature (73°F\/23°C). Use in a low humidity environment (below 50% RH). Mixing containers should have straight sides and a flat bottom. Mixing sticks should be flat and stiff with defined edges for scraping the sides and bottom of your mixing container. Good ventilation (room size) is essential. This product has a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBecause no two applications are quite the same, a small test application to determine suitability for your project is recommended if performance of this material is in question.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAPPLYING A RELEASE AGENT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eUrethane foams are adhesive and will stick \/ bond to many surfaces. We recommend\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 2831\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eto release urethane foam from most surfaces. If the release application is particularly difficult (example; releasing urethane foam from urethane rubber), we recommend an application of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003efollowed by an application of\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEase Release™ 2831\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWARNING:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eDo not use Universal Mold Release by itself, or any other silicone based release agents. This will collapse the foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMEASURING \u0026amp; MIXING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eLiquid urethanes are moisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal, glass or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKnow the mix ratio for the FOAM-iT!™ product you are usin\u003c\/strong\u003eg. After dispensing the correct amounts of Parts A and B into mixing container,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emix thoroughly for 45 seconds.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eStir quickly making sure that you scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing container several times. Be careful not to splash low viscosity material out of the container.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRemember, foams cure quickly.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eDo not delay between mixing and pouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePouring \u0026amp; Curing -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eFor best results, pour your mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the containment field and let the mixture seek its level. Allow space in the containment field for the foam to grow as it expands to its ultimate volume. Allow foam to cure for at least 20 minutes before handling (FOAM-iT!™ 10 SLOW - 1 hour). Cure time will be affected by mass and mold configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMass Concentration \/ Mold Configuration –\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePouring large amounts at a time in certain mold configurations (i.e. cylinder) could cause excess heat to be generated and result in splitting (fissures). Step pouring in layers may resolve this problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImproving Surface Finish \u0026amp; Minimizing Voids With Back Pressure -\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eCapping the mold cavity opening with a board that has predrilled holes will improve surface finish for some foams. For more information, watch the video at\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.smooth-on.com\/backpressure\"\u003esmooth-on.com\/backpressure\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFully Cured\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOAM-iT!™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eFoam can be sanded, machined, drilled, etc. (wear NIOSH approved respirator). Foam can also be primed and \/ or painted.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46712572838188,"sku":"122769","price":193.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/foam-it_-5-combo-533x400.jpg?v=1727911155"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-mold-star-31t","title":"Smooth-On Mold Star 31T - 5 Gallon","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Star™\u003c\/strong\u003e mold rubbers are easy to use platinum silicones which are mixed 1A:1B by volume (no weighing scale necessary).\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Star™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esilicones feature relatively low viscosities and vacuum degassing is not required for most applications. \u003cstrong\u003eMold Star™ 30\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis a harder material, with a 30A Shore hardness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Star™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esilicones cure to soft, strong rubbers which are tear resistant and exhibit very low long term shrinkage. Molds made with\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMold Star™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewill last a long time in your mold library and are good for casting wax, gypsum, resins, and other materials. Cured\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Star™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003erubber is heat resistant up to 450°F (232°C) and is suitable for casting low-temperature melt metal alloys.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: Mold Star™ rubbers are not intended for brush-on moldmaking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: This product will not cure against surfaces containing sulfur, even when sealed.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46712744509740,"sku":"125965","price":1229.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/mold-star-31-T.png?v=1781650814"},{"product_id":"smooth-on-clear-flex-50-1-25-quart","title":"Smooth-On Clear Flex 50 - 1.25 Quart","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"info\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClear Flex™ 50\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis a water white clear urethane liquid rubber compounds designed for applications that require absolute clarity and resistance to sunlight. Low viscosity ensures easy mixing and pouring.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClear Flex™ 50\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewill cure at room temperature with negligible shrinkage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"features\"\u003e\n\u003ca name=\"features\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCured castings are:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUV Resistant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVibrant colors and color effects are achieved by adding pigments. Applications include making clear-cut molds, model reproductions, decorative cast pieces, special effects, prototype parts.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstructions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003eStore and use at room temperature (73°F\/23°C). These products have a limited shelf life and should be used as soon as possible. Environmental humidity should be as low as possible. Good room size ventilation is essential. Wear safety glasses, long sleeves and rubber gloves to minimize contamination risk. Wearing a NIOSH approved respirator will minimize inhalation of residual fumes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSome Materials Must Be Sealed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTo prevent adhesion between the rubber and model surface, models made of porous materials (gypsum plasters, concrete, wood, stone, etc.) must be sealed prior to applying a release agent. The best sealer for sealing porous materials is\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuperSeal™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne Step™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(Available from Smooth-On). Spray shellac is suitable for rough contours. A high quality Shellac is suitable for sealing modeling clays that contain sulfur or moisture (water based). Allow sealer to dry thoroughly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplying A Release Agent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- A release agent is necessary to facilitate demolding when casting into or over most surfaces. Use a release agent (such as\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal™ Mold Release\u003c\/strong\u003e). A liberal coat of release agent should be applied onto all surfaces that will contact the rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTo ensure thorough coverage, lightly brush the release agent with a soft brush over all surfaces of the model. Follow with a light mist coating and let dry for 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelecting A Mold Rubber\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePour into a urethane rubber mold (\u003cstrong\u003eVytaflex™\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eurethane – release agent required), tin cured silicone mold (\u003cstrong\u003eMold Max™ 10, 14NV, 20, 25, 30 or 40\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003esilicone) or\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold Star™ 15, 16 or 30\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eplatinum cured silicone mold.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClear Flex™ 50 will not work in a Mold Max™ 10T, 15T or 20T silicone mold.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf using Mold Max silicone;\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eto prevent cure inhibition, post-cure newly silicone mold for 8 hours at 60° C \/ 150° F and let cool prior to casting resin. If you are unsure about surface compatibility, a small scale trial casting should be made.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eBefore Pouring Clear Flex™ Into Mold\u003c\/em\u003e:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePre-heat rubber mold at 212°F \/ 100°C for 4 hours. This will minimize chances of fish-eyeing, suck back, corner rounding, large bubbles, etc. in finished casting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLiquid urethanes are moisture sensitive and will absorb atmospheric moisture. Mixing tools and containers should be clean and made of metal or plastic. Materials should be stored and used in a warm environment (73°F\/23°C).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eShelf life of product is reduced after opening. Remaining product should be used as soon as possible. Immediately replacing the lids on both containers after dispensing product will help prolong the shelf life of the unused product.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXTEND-IT™ Dry Gas Blanket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(available from Smooth-On) will significantly prolong the shelf life of unused liquid urethane products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePre Mix the Part B before using.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eBefore you begin, pre-mix Part B thoroughly to re-disperse pigments that may have settled.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eUsing a gram scale,\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003edispense required amounts of parts A and B into a mixing container and mix for 3 minutes. Scrape the sides and bottom of the container several times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf Mixing Large Quantities\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e(16 lbs.\/7 kg. or more) at one time, use a mechanical mixer (i.e. turbine mixer or equal) for 3 minutes followed by careful hand mixing for one minute as directed above. Then, pour entire quantity into a new, clean mixing container and do it all over again. If coloring or filling\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClear Flex™ 50\u003c\/strong\u003e, add filler or pigment dispersion to Part B and mix thoroughly before adding Part A.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMaterial is mass sensitive and will exotherm. Large amounts of material cast at one time will generate heat and will shrink in proportion to mass. The more material cast in a large concentration, the higher the shrinkage. Amount and nature of shrinkage will depend on casting thickness and mold configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVacuuming Material\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e-\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eIf vacuum degassing prior to pouring, your vacuum pump must pull a minimum of 29 inches of mercury (or 1 Bar \/ 100 KPa). Leave enough room in container for material expansion. Vacuum material until it rises, breaks and falls. Vacuum for 1 minute after material falls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePouring\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e-\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eIf casting\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClear Flex™ 50\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003einto a rubber mold, pour mixture in a single spot at the lowest point of the mold. If encapsulating an object, do not pour the mixture directly over the object. Let the mixture seek its level. A uniform flow will help minimize entrapped air.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e- Best results are obtained using a pressure casting technique. After pouring the mixed compound, the entire casting assembly (mold, dam structure, etc.) is placed in a pressure chamber and subjected to 60 PSI (4.2 kg\/cm2) air pressure for at least two hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003ePost Curing\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e- Castings will cure faster and achieve maximum physical properties and heat resistance if\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClear Flex™ 50\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eor\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClear Flex™ 95\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis post cured. Post curing is recommended if castings are thin or low mass concentration. Castings should be post cured in a mold or support structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePost Cure Schedule:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eAllow the material to cure for 6–8 hours at room temperature followed by 16 hours at 150°–160°F (65°–72°C). Allow casting or part to cool to room temperature before demolding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor most applications, room temperature curing (73°F\/23°C) for 24–48 hours is adequate. Castings will reach ultimate physical properties at room temperature in 5–7 days. Castings removed from mold before 12 hours may exhibit a tacky surface that can be eliminated by exposing casting to 150°F\/65°C for 4–6 hours. If you are pouring less than 1\/4 in. \/ 0.64 cm of material, the casting should be heat post cured.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e*NOTE: Product Packaging May Vary\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCAUTION: \u003c\/strong\u003eNOT FOR HOME USE. THIS PRODUCT IS FOR INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY. With adequate local exhaust ventilation, respiratory protection is not normally required when using this product. Where risk assessment shows air-purifying respirators are appropriate, follow OSHA respirator regulations and European Standards EN 141, 143 and 371. Protective clothing (gloves and long sleeves) is required to minimize the risk of dermal sensitization. If breathing is affected or a dermal rash develops, immediately cease using this product and seek medical attention. Read SDS before using.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Smooth-On","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46712772591916,"sku":"126265","price":116.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/smooth-on-clear-flex.png?v=1778790251"},{"product_id":"number-1-molding-plaster","title":"USG No. 1 Molding Plaster 50lb Bag","description":"\u003cp\u003eUSG No. 1 Molding Plaster 50lb Bag\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOften referred to as plaster of Paris or soft plaster, No. 1 Moulding Plaster is used to create waste molds or temporary patterns where surface hardness and strength are not crucial. No. 1 Moulding Plaster:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffers a controlled set that provides uniform workability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHas a fine grain – making it ideal for producing sharp detail when used neat for cast work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplies with ASTM C28\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSets in 27-37 minutes after mixing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequires 70 parts water by weight per 100 parts plaster\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIs available in 50- and 100-pound bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Go Industrial","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49581434863916,"sku":"04302024","price":41.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/files\/gallery-large.876.657_921a6625-7fa1-4d0e-8f0d-2bc74e781717.jpg?v=1756592688"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0779\/3426\/4620\/collections\/EasyCast-340162-222x300_3de24b1a-4172-4d7f-905c-3f463714d015.png?v=1726170798","url":"https:\/\/goindustrial.com\/collections\/casting.oembed?page=2","provider":"Go Industrial","version":"1.0","type":"link"}